(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Evenings with Grandpa"

Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http : //books . google . com/| 



► 



SCHOOL OF EDUCATIOX 
LIBRARY 



TEXTBOOK 
COLLECTION 



STANFORD V^/ UNIVERSITI' 
LIBRARIES 



Front Hall. 1330-1666 



THE DAVIS-JULIEN SERIES OF READERS 



EVENINGS WITH GRANDPA 



BY 

JOHN W. OAVIS 

District SuperirUenderU of Schools, New York City 



Patt I 

For Fourth -Year Classes 



D. C. HEATH & CO.. PUBLISHERS 

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO 



\ I ' 



588429 

e — 



The Dat)iS''Julien Readers 



FINGER PUT READERS. For First-Tear Classes. 

Part I — 140 pages. 
Teacher's Edition, 
Part 11—140 pages. 
Teacher's Edition. 
perception Cards. 

SEA-BROWNIE READER. For Second-Tear Classes. 

Part 1—225 pages. 
Part 11—274 pages. 

EVENINGS WITH GRANDMA. For Third-Tear Classes. 

Part 1—280 pages. 
Part 11—384 pages. 

EVENINGS WUH GRANDPA. For Foarth-Tear Classes. 

Part I — 858 pages. 
Part II— ( On Press.) 



Copyright, 1013, by 

D. C. HEATH & COMPANY 

1D3 



CONTENTS 



The Story of Hercui^es 

Poem: A Deed 

Poem: The Stars .... 

Game: Swat Ball .... 

Prometheus and £pim£theus . 

Poem: If 

Pandora 

Poem: Contentment .... 

Lazarus and Dives .... 

Our National Anthem: The Star- 
Spangled Banner 

Poem: Abou Ben Adhem . 

NiOBE 

Stonewall Jackson's Grave 

Two-Part Song: Rest, My Baby, 
Rest 

America 

David and Goliath .... 

Poem: One Good Turn Deserves 
Another 

Perseus and the Gorgon's Head 

Letter from Australia 

Two-Part Song: All Through the 
Night 

The Pied Piper of Hameun 

Poem: February Rain 

Letter. •••••. 

JUNCOS 

Poem: March ... . . 

Ganymede and Hebe . . 

An Indian Sugar Camp ... 

Game: Flank Tag .... 

Letter from Holland 

An Adventure of Baron Munchau- 
sen 

Two-Part Song: The Sandman 

Poem: April 

Letter. ...... 

Poem: The Song of the Stone Wall 



Mythological . 
Robert Loveman 
Bryan Waller Procter 



Mythological . 
June Edna Bellman 
Mythological 
S. E. Kiser 
The Bible 

Francis Scott Key . 
Leigh Hunt 
Mythological . 
Margaret J. Preston 

German Folk Song . 
Samuel F. Smith 
The Bible 

Thomas Gilman 
Mythological . 



Welsh Folk Song . 
Robert Brovming 
Charles Turner Dazey 
Levyis Carroll . 



William CvUen Bryant 
Mythological . 
'VMyesa'' 



Mary Mapes Dodge 



German . 
Dora S. Shorter 
Lewis Carroll , 
Helen Keller • 



PAGE 

9 
23 
41 
44 

46 
50 
55 
61 
62 

67 

72 
74 
77 

79 
85 
91 

103 
105 
115 

119 
122 
126 
131 
138 
145 
152 
155 
164 
172 

187 
194 
197 
204 
209 



lU 



CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Two-PartSong: The Violet . . Old English Song . . 217 

David and Jonathan .... The Bible . . . 221 
David's Lamentation Over Saul and 

Jonathan 231 

Dramatization: The Pied Piper 235 

Poem: The Cloud .... Percy Bysshe Shelley . 258 
Poem: A May Morning . . . John Milton . . .261 

The Birds 262 

Poem: The Dove .... John Keats . . . 266 

Poem: There Are Furies . . Madison Cawein . . 269 

Poem: The Culprit Fay . . . Joseph Rodman Drake . 272 

Finding the North Star 274 

Jason and the Golden Fleece . . Mythological . . . 276 

Poem: The Oracle .... Arthur Davison Ficke '. 281 

Two-Part Song: The Linden Tree . German Folk Song . . 290 

Poem: The Stars .... Hu Maxwell . . . 293 

The Satyrs, Nymphs, and Naiads . Mythological . . . 294 

Dryope Mythological . . . 296 

Poem: Beauty and Art . . . Madison Cawein . 298 
Poem: Slower, Sweet June . . Julia IL May . .301 
Dramatization: The Miraculous 

Pitcher EUa B. Davis . . 304 

Latona Mythological . . . 319 

Tithonus Mythological . . . 323 

Poem: Midsummer .... Susan H, Sweet . . 326 
The Story of the Seasons: Pros- 
erpine 327 

The Hay Bide 337 

Two-Part Song: The Low-Backed ' 

Car Irish Song . . . 338 



REPRODUCTIONS OF FAMOUS PAINTINGS 



Name of Picture 


Artist 


Gallery 




Portrait of a Man 


Franz Hals . 


. London 


Frontisjriece 


The Boy in Red . 


Le Brun 


. London 


. . Op. 44 


Lazarus and Dives 


Bonifacio 


. Venice 


"62 


Perseus and Andromeda . 


Lord Leighton 


• • • 4 


, . 108 


Ganymede 


Correggio 


. Vienna 


. . 153 


Dutch Interior 


Pieterde Hooch 


. Munich 


. . Op. 176 


King David .... 


Rubens . 


. Frankfort 


. " 222 


Medea 


iV. Sichel 


... 


. . 285 


A Wood-Nymph 


Sir E. Bume-Jones . 


. . 297 


The Capture of Proserpine 


W, Crane 


London , 


. Op. 328 



IV 



TO THE TEACHER 

. This series is based on the behef that thought and 
language are twin products, and that the teacher must 
deal with both in order to deal effectively with either. 
The teacher should remember that in order to make any 
vocabulary a working vocabulary, there must be much 
oral composition on the part of the pupils, with close atten- 
tion and kindly criticism on the part of the teacher. 

In Thomdike's "Education," you will find the "Law 
of EflFect," on which this dictum is based, well presented. 

The music and the phonic work prescribed should make 
for three things, if the exercises are properly conducted: 
good quality of tone, clear enunciation, and correct pronun- 
ciation. 

The reading should be taken up at different times than 
should the allied English work prescribed for the pupils. 
It is not intended that this prescribed work at the end of 
an Evening should be finished in one lesson — it may take 
two or three. 

The review pages, 341 and following, should be consulted 
by you, as they contain much matter the practice of which 
would be beneficial to your pupils. Among this matter 
will be found: practice in phonics; practice in forming the 
compound tenses of strong verbs; practice in word dis- 
crimination; and practice m the use of proper idioms — this 
latter for pupils of foreign birth or environment. 

The reproductions of masterpieces of great artists are 
not intended for dissection by the pupils or the teacher. 
These should become a part of the mental make-up of the 
pupils through individual appreciation. 

All underlined words, or parts of words underlined, in the 
text, throughout, are new. 

J. W. D. 



EVENINGS WITH GRANDPA 
CHAPTER I 

Smack! A good-sized snowball hit Ben in 
the eye. 

"Ouch!" he yelled, dropping the snowballs 
he had in his arms, and stopping to wipe his 
face, so that he might see the fort his class was 
attacking. Then, picking up his ammunition, 
he rushed after his classmates who, in the mean- 
time, had run ahead. 

It was the yearly snowball fight between 
Ben's class and the one next higher. His teacher, 
Mr. Dickens, was the referee, the other boys 
and the girls of the school being the onlookers. 

Ben's side was called the Blues, because of 
its leader's name, Blue Billy. The other side, 
the Reds, was also named for its leader, whom 
everybody called Redney. 

Ben soon caught up with his fellows. Every 
one of the Blues was throwing at the fort. 
Not much dam age was being done, however, as 
each of the Reds ducked whenever he saw a 

1 




ii^^^' =.-^*^ 



missile coming. But the Blues, having noth- 
ing to duck behind, were sure to suffer when- 
ever the Reds fired a volley. 

Finally, Blue Billy called his side off, and 
held a council of war. They planned as fol- 
lows : 

Ben was to take five boys and, at a given 
signal, attack the left side of the fort, while 
Pudgy was to open fire on the right. Later, 
they were, if possible, to unite their forces in 
the rear, in order to attack from that point. 
Blue Billy, meanwhile, was to attack in front. 

While the Blues were making their plans, 
the Reds, under Redney's direction, were also 

2 



very busy. Some were making snowballs and 
piling them in handy places, while others were 
strengthening the fort. 

As soon as everything was ready, Blue 
Billy gave the signal, and the Blues rushed to 
the attack. In a moment the air was full of 
snowballs. Ben was again hit in the eye. 
Pudgy was cheering his fellows on, when a snow- 
ball struck him in the mouth and stopped his 
cheers. 

Redney climbed to the top of the para pet 
to see how things were going. An unhappy 
movement for him, for in the twinkling of an eye 
he was hit in forty places, and was compelled 
to retire to safety. He was not, however, the 
3 



only suflferer. Within a few minutes every 
Blue and every Red showed signs of the fray. 

Ben's and Pudgy's parties worked around 
to the rear of the fort. This they did without 
the knowledge of the Reds, who were busy 
keeping oflf Blue Billy's crowd. Pudgy and his 
boys then helped Ben and his party to climb 
the parapet and, afterward, passed up ammuni- 
tion for both. The crowd on top hastened to pull 
their fellows from below to a place beside them. 

The united forces then filled their arms 
with snowballs, dropped into the fort, and the 
first thing the Reds knew, they were being 
pelted from the rear as well as from the front. 

After this flank movement, it did not take 
long to decide the battle. Blue Billy's crowd 
came swarming over the parapet, and Redney 
had to surrender. 

Each side gave three cheers for the other; 
and all together gave three cheers and a tiger 
for their teacher, who had made such a good 
referee. Then they went home to supper with 
good appetites. 

After the meal, Ben, Belle, and May went 
into the sitting-room, where they found Grand- 
pa in the old place that had so long been occu- 
pied by Grandma. 

4 



"Well, children," said Grandpa, "when 
Grandma left for Europe, she told me to take 
her place, and tell you stories in the evening 
as long as you are good children. I have al- 
ways done what your Grandma has told me to 

do; so here is the beginning of a new sto 

But what's the matter with your eye, Ben?" 

"Oh, we had a snowball fight this after- 
noon. Grandpa, and I ran against a few snow- 
balls. You ought to see Redney's eye, though! 
It is worse than mine. Besides, he lost. We won." 

"Well, Ben, there are a few lines, copied 
from a poem, hanging on a wall in one of the 
rooms at Cornell University, that Redney 
ought to know." 

"What are they, Grandpa? Tell them to 
us, and I will give them to Redney." 
"Here they are: 

"*Be proud of your blackened eye; 
It isn't the fact that you're beaten that counts; 
It's how did you fight — and why? ' " 

"Humph! That's a good motto, Grandpa. 
I'll give it to Redney, and take it to myself, 
also, if you don't mind." 

Here Belle interrupted: "You should have 



seen Ben and Pudgy get to the back of the fort. 
Grandpa." 

"Oh, ho!" replied Grandpa, "that's what 
we old soldiers call a flanking movement." 

"Flanking, flanking!" exclaimed May, 
"what does that mean. Grandpa?" 

"My dear," began Grandpa, "a body of 
soldiers on the march, or in battle, has a front, 
a rear, and two sides or flanks " 

"Oh, I see. Grandpa!" interrupted Ben. 
"If the enemy can get by the flanks to the rear, 
then the soldiers would be surrounded." 

"Just so," said Grandpa. 

"I understand now what flanking means," 
said May; "but I should like to ask something 
else. When Pudgy, who is smaller than Ben, 
was pushing Ben up the parapet, the referee 
said, * Pudgy is a Hercules.' What is a Her- 
cules. Grandpa.^" 

"Draw your chairs a little closer," Grandpa 
replied, "and I will expl ain by telling you the 
story of Hercules." 

Here the door bell rang, and in a few seconds 
voices were heard in the hall. 

"Visitors!" exclaimed Grandpa. "No 
story-telling to-night!" 

6 



To THE Pupils: 

Ammunition, to the soldier, means the powder, 
ball, cartridges, etc., used in the discharge of fire- 
arms and cannon. The word is also used, as here, 
for any stock of missiles. Referee means judge 
or umpire. Missile, anything that may be thrown. 
Parapet, a wall; as used here, a wall to cover 
soldiers from an enemy's fire. Appetite, hunger. 
Her'cu les here means a strong person. 

1. Copy the following, and use the proper 
word in each blank space: 

The War of the Revolution came to an end 
in October, 1781, at Yorktown, Va. Here Com- 
wallis surrendered to Washington. The British 

marched out from behind their , their 

band playing, "The World Turned Upside Down.'* 
Of course, their was left behind. 

Every basket-ball game should have a 

The that David used in killing 

Goliath was a stone. 

2. Pronounce: Ae'rial, event', ide'a, obey', 
u nite'. 

The suspended bar (— ^) is used to indicate a 
long sound somewhat shortened. Write the five 
given words, and place the suspended bar over 
each initial vowel. Under the letter 5, the sus- 
pended bar indicates the z sound. 

3. In the word unhappy, there are two parts; 
the stem or root, happy , and the prefix, uriy mean- 
ing not. 

7 



Prefix un to the following: Wise^ friendly ^ true, 
welcome, certaiuy fair, holtfy able, just, even. 

How have you changed the meanings? 

4. Give the meaning of each of the following 
words: 



unsafe 


untruthful unimportant 


unmanly 


untidy untaught 


unfair 


ungentlemanly unused 


unselfish 


unfamiliar unceasing 


unruly 


imhurL unreUable 



How does dropping the prefix in each word 
change the meaning? 

To THE Teacher: 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 

Use for dictation: Cornell University is situ- 
ated at Ithaca, N. Y. 

Have Exercise 3 written, 4 oral. 



8 



FIRST EVENING 

The Story of Hercules 

"Now for the story of Hercules, Grandpa/' 
said Ben, immediately after supper the next 
evening. The three children had drawn up 
their chairs close to Grandpa's big easy chair, 
and were looking at him, expectantly. 

"Very well, children," said he, "I will begin 
at once:" 

In the remote days when the Greek gods 
held sway over the earth, there . was born to 
Jupi ter a son, Hercules by name. His mother 
was a mortal. 

I have no doubt that, if there had been a 
Bamum in those days, Hercules would have 
been one of his circus performers, for he was 
very brave and very strong. 

When Hercules was but an infant, two large 
serpents came into the room, where he lay in 
his cradle with his brother, Iphicles. Hissing 
loudly, and darting out their forked tongues 

9 



like lightning, the serpents wriggled across the 
floor toward the boys. 

Was Hercules frightened? Not at all. He 
rose in his cradle and, while his brother lay 
screaming with fear, seized the monsters by 
their throats and strangled them. 

The young hero was so highly esteemed by 
the gods that, when he grew older. Mercury 
gave him a sword; Vulcan , with his hammer 
and anvil, wrought him a golden breastplate; 
Apollo gave him a bow and arrows; Neptune, 
horses; and Minerva, a robe. 
10 



Besides all these gifts, he had a huge club, 
cut from the Nemean woods. 

While Hercules was yet a youth, two forms. 
Pleasure and Duty, each with rich gifts in her 
hands, appeared before him. He chose those 
oflfered by Duty, and ever after used his great 
strength mainly in overcoming evil beasts and 
evil men. 

His favorite weapons were his club and his 
sharp arrows. He was a very skillful archer. 

One day, in a fit of madness, he slew his 
children. For this crime he was condemned to 
obey the commands of his cousin. King Eurys- 
theus, of Mycenae. 

King Eurystheus immediately set him twelve 
tasks of enormous difficulty. Each task was 
harder than the one that went before. None 
of them was easy of performance even for a 
hero, but Hercules was successful, finally, in 
all. 

The first task assigned him was to go to 
the Nemean Valley and to find there a huge 
lion that had been doing great damage. After 
he had found the lion, he was to kill it, and 
bring its skin to Eurystheus. 

Hercules set out on his dangerous errand. 

11 



He found the savage animal and set upon it with 
his club and arrows. It was of no use. The 
Uon was proof against these weapons. It 
seemed as if the hero would have to give up the 
battle. Suddenly, he dropped his club and 
arrows, seized the monster by the throat and, 
with his bare hands, strangled it. 

Hercules returned with the dead lion on his 
shoulders, and presented it to Eurystheus. 
The latter was so frightened at the sight, and 
so astonished at the great strength of the hero, 
that he ordered him ever after to leave the 
proofs of his deeds outside the town. 

His second task was the destruction of the 
Hydra. 

This monster was shaped like a snake, and 
had nine heads, the middle head being im- 
mortal. 

It dwelt in a swamp, where Hercules found 
and attacked it with his club. 

To his surprise, he found that when he 
knocked oflf one head two new ones came in its 
place! He knew enough arithmetic to under- 
stand that if he kept on in the way he had be- 
gun, the Hydra would soon have a whole forest 
of heads. 

12 



He thought a minute, and then changed his- 
plao. Instead of knocking the heads off, he 
burned them off. This method was successful 
with all but the middle head. Finally, he got 
rid of that one by knocking it off, and burying it 
under a huge rock. 

The three tasks that followed were compar- 
atively easy : 

He killed a wild 
boar that was rav- 
aging the sur- 
rounding country. 

He captured, 
and brought to 
King Eurystheus, 
a wonderful stag 
with golden horns, 
and hoofs of brass. 
This stag had kill- 
ed all those who 
had hunted it before its capture by Hercules. 

He overcame the Stymphalian birds. These 
were immense birds of prey, with very sharp 
beaks and claws. They had the power, too, 
of shooting feathers from their wings, — feath- 
ers sharp as arrows. 

As you may imagine, they were greatly 
13 



dreaded by the people. Indeed, even the cat- 
tle feared them. 

Minerva helped him to overcome these birds 
by giving him a huge pair of clappers, which she 
had asked Vulcan to make. 

With these, Hercules made a great noise, 
causing the birds to rise from the lake in which 
they lived. The lake was hidden from view 
by a thick forest. As they rose from the water 
in great flocks, Hercules killed many of them 
with his arrows. The rest flew far away, never 
to return. 

At this point, the arrival of an old friend of 
Grandpa's put an end to the story-telling for 
that evening. 

14 



To THE Pupils: 

1. A monster is anything very large and ugly. 
Immortal means never-dying. Huge, very large. 
Put the proper word in each of the blank spaces 
foUowing: 

(a.) David killed the Goliath with 

a stone from his sling, (b.) Washington's name is 
. (c.) The elephant is a animal. 

2. In the word dangerous, there are two 
parts: the stem or root, danger, and the suffix, 
ous. So also in wonderful, there are two parts: 
the root, wonder , and the suffix, ful. Each of these 
suffixes means full of. Ous also means having the 
quality of. 

Add the proper suffix to each of the following 
roots, and give the meanings: Humor, joy, fruity 
power, sorrow, courage, help. Write the words thus 
formed. 

3. The sound of e, as heard in her, is marked 
by the tilde (^), placed above the letter: thus, her. 
Place the proper diacritical mark over the e in 
each of the following: Term, fern, quern. 

To THE Teacher: 

The phonic exercise should be the pronunciation 
by the pupils, before their reading, of the following: 
Iphicles (if i kle§). Mercury (mer' ku ry), Vulcan 
(viil' k&n), Nemean (ne me' an), Eurystheus (u rys' 
thus), Hydra (hi' drft), Stymphalian (stim fa' \\ fin). 



15 



SECOND EVENING 

"Well, Ben, how are your pigeons getting 
on?" inquired Grandpa, as the children came 
in next evening. 

"They are thriving, Grandpa. You know 
I give them plenty to eat, and keep their loft 
very clean/' 

"That is very necessary," said Grandpa. 
"There is an old saying that, 'Cleanliness is 
next to godUness,' — a saying that applies to 
other animals besides us." 

"Grandpa," said Belle, "you ought to know 
that Ben sold some of his pigeons, and bought 
a pair of new skates for May, as well as a pair 
for me." 

"I am glad to know that you are so thought- 
ful and so kind," said Grandpa to Ben. 

"Oh, that's nothing," repUed Ben blushing. 
"The girls are always doing something for me." 
Then, to hide his confusion, he said, "Won't 
you go on with the story about Hercules, 
Grandpa?" 

16 



And Grandpa continued : 

The hero's next task was the cleansing of 
the Augean stables. King Augeas had a herd 
of three thousand oxen, whose stalls had not 
been cleaned for thirty years. Hercules had 
to clean them out in one day. This he did by 
digging a canal, and turning the currents of 
two rivers, Alpheus and Perseus, through it 
into the stables. 

His seventh, was to bring the Cretan bull to 
Eurystheus. This bull had been given to Minos, 
King of Crete, by Neptune. It had gone mad, 
and was doing great damage. Hercules not 
only captured the animal, but made it carry him 
on its back across the seas, on his way home. 

In Thrace, a country nearby, reigned a 
wicked king, Diomedes by name. This tyrant 
fed his horses on human flesh. 

The eighth task of Hercules was to get pos- 
session of these horses. He did so, after having 
first fed them with Diomedes himself. The horses 
then became so tame and gentle that they fol- 
lowed Hercules as if they were little lambs. 

His ninth task was to fetch the girdle of 
Hippolyta, Queen of the Amazons, to the daugh- 
ter of King Eurystheus. The Amazons were 
a nation of very warlike women. 

17 



Hercules crossed the Black Sea, and went 
to the country of the Amazons. He anchored 
his ship in the harbor, not far from the Queen's 
palace. Hippolyta and some of her women 
went on board, to see who had come among 
them. 

The Queen, who was brave herself, and who 
liked courage in others, welcomed the famous 
Hercules in a kindly manner, and then willingly 
gave him her girdle. 

Jimo, however, who did not Uke Hercules, 
took the form of an Amazon, went among those 
on shore, and told them that a stranger was 
carrying oflF Queen Hippolyta by force. The 
Amazons then armed themselves and, from all 
directions, rushed toward the ship. 

A battle followed. The Amazons were over- 
come. Queen Hippolyta was killed, and Her- 
cules, again victorious, was soon crossing the 
Black Sea on his way home. 

On his arrival, Eurystheus ordered him to 
go to an island that lay just beyond the country 
where the sim sets, and bring back the red 
cattle of the giant, Geryon. 

This Geryon was a most extraordinary mon- 
ster. He had three bodies, three heads, six 
legs, and six arms, besides a pair of wings. He 

18 



z: ><i ^ 

-J \^ / 


1 t>'^X^ 


A 


F R 






'SEA 



^?^J 



SCENE OF THE EXPLOITS OF HERCULES 

was the owner of a very large herd of cattle, 
which he kept, at night, in a dark cave. 

To aid him in this, his tenth task, Hercules 
borrowed the golden cup in which the sun-god; 
Helios, was borne around the world, from west 
to east, every night. 

This cup would float on the water Uke a 
boat, and had the remarkable power of becom- 
ing larger or smaller, according to the needs 
of the person using it. In it, Hercules was 
carried straight west for a long time, — 
farther west than any one had ever before 
gone. 

He reached the shore of the Atlantic, broke 
a mountain in two, and pushed one half over 
into Africa and the other into Europe. Thus 
were formed the Straits of Gibraltar, the moun- 

19 



tains on either side of which are called the 
"Pillars of Hercules." 

Oceanus, the god of the ocean, was angry 
with Hercules, and raised a great storm. The 
golden cup was caught in a whirling cloud of 
spray, and tossed up and down as if it had been 
a bubble. Hercules, to show that he was not 
afraid, aimed one of his arrows at Oceanus. 
The ocean god laughed heartily at this, and then 
quieted the waters. 

When Hercules reached the island, he 
climbed a high mountain. From its summit he 
could look down over all the land, and see where 
the cattle of Geryon were feeding. 

As he stood there, he was attacked by Ge- 
ryon's savage two-headed dog. He killed the 
beast with his club. But hardly had he time 
to draw a long breath before he was set upon 
by Geryon's herdsman. This fellow was quite 
as savage as the dog, and would gladly have 
torn Hercules limb from Umb. With a single 
blow from his heavy cudgel, however, the hero 
killed the herdsman. 

He then went down to where the cattle were 
grazing in a meadow, and began to drive them 
away. 

By this time Geryon himself had seen Her- 

%0 



cules and came striding toward him, swinging six 
clubs at once with his six hands, and shouting 
death and destruction from all three of his huge 
throats. 

He looked hke a whirling windmill as he 
came down the hill, and would have frightened 
most people out of their wits. But Hercules, 
remembering his poisoned arrows, sent a shaft 
so straight that it made an end of the giant be- 
fore he had come near enough to do any harm. 

Gathering the cattle together, Hercules drove 
them into the cup of Hehos, in which they were 
transported to the mainland. Thence he drove 
them through what is now Spain, France, and It- 
aly, and at length dehvered them to Eurystheus. 

Here Grandpa looked at his watch, and 
said, "I must stop now, as I promised Mr. 
Dickens to see him this evening." 

"That will give me a chance to learn all 
those hard names,'* said May, as they separated. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Supply the missing vowels, and pronounce 
correctly: 



ang-1 


Am-rican 


hist-ry 


equ-1 


Apr-1 


sep-rate 


eleg-nt 


Wedn-sday 


ev-ry 


reg-lar 


mem-ry 


horr-r 


b-rd 


comm-n 


chor-s 


mapl-s 


lib-rty 


drugg-st 


cour-ge 


po\^-\i 



21 



2. Pronounce carefully, and then use orally in 
sentences: 

ripe pear has gone stars of glory 

great pain have known days of danger 

heavy dew have seen between you and me 

low tide had done time and tide 

To THE Teacher: 

Use for dictation: 

Two well-known proverbs are: "Time and tide 
wait for no man," and "Cleanliness is next to god- 
liness." 

The phonic exercise should be the pronunciation 
by the pupils of the following: 

Thri'ving, Augean (o je' in), Alpheus (SI fe'iis) 
Perseus (per' sus), Cretan (kre' t&n), Minos 
(me' nos), Thrace (thras), Diomedes (di o me' dez)^ 
Hippolyta (hip p61' i ta), Amazons &m' a z6ns , 
anchored (&n kerd), Qeryon (je' rf fin), extra- 
ordinary (Sks tror'di na ry), Qibraltar (ji bral'ter), 
Oceanus (o se' & nus) . 



22 



THIRD EVENING 

When Ben and the girls entered the room. 
Grandpa looked up from the book he was read- 
ing, and said, "I am reading Robert Loveman's 
poems. Here is one that I think you should 
know. Shall I read it?" 

"Please do, Grandpa,'* was the reply, as the 
children settled themselves ; and Grandpa read : 

A Deed 

He did a deed, a gracious deed; 
He ministered to men in need; 
He bound a wound, he spoke a word 
That God and every angel heard. 

He did a deed, a loving deed — 
Oh, souls that suffer and that bleed. 
He did a deed, and on his way ^ 

A bird sang in his heart all day. 

— Robert Loveman 

— Courtesy of the author and the publisherSy J. B. 

Lippincott Co. 

Grandpa closed the book. The children 
thanked him, and he went on with the story of 
Hercules : 

23 



After Hercules had brought the cattle of 
Geryon to Mycenae, King Eurystheus, wishmg 
the hero farther away than ever, sent him once 
more to the country beyond the sunset. This 
time the King's excuse was, that he wished to 
have three of the golden apples which grew in 
the Garden of the Hesperides. 

Although all had heard of this famous gar- 
den, no one at Mycenae could tell Hercules 
where to find it. Some said it was far to the 
north; others, that it was far to the west. So, 
taking a middle course, he started ofiF, and 
walked northerly, till he reached the river 
Rhone. 

Here he found the river nymphs playing 
among the rocks. They told him that Nereus, 
the sea god, knew where to find the Garden of 
the Hesperides, but would never tell the secret 
unless forced to do so. They also told him 
that he must seize the sea god, and hold him 
fast till he had given the wished for information. 

Thanking the nymphs for their kindness, 
Hercules followed the Rhone down to the place 
where it flows into the sea. Then he lay in 
wait behind some rocks, till the sun went down 
and the moon came up. 

Presently, a queer little old man came up out 

24 



of the water and set about making himself com- 
fortable for a nap on shore. The old man had 
short horns growing from his forehead, and his 
long hair and beard looked like a tangle of sea- 
weed. 

Hercules knew at a glance, that this was 
Nereus. As soon as he saw him sleeping 
soundly, he ran out and seized the poor old 
sea god, as the nymphs had said that he must. 

All at once, he found that he was holding a 
struggling stag! Suddenly, the stag became 
a sea bird, screaming to get free; the sea bird 
changed into a fierce three-headed dog; the 
three-headed dog took the form, of the giant, 
Geryon, who seemed to have come to life again 
more savage than ever; and, last of all, Geryon 
changed into a monstrous snake. 

During all this time, Hercules held on 
tighter and tighter; then Nereus, seeing that he 
could not frighten Hercules into letting go, took 
his proper shape again, and asked his captor 
what he wanted. 

Hercules replied that he only wanted to 
know how he could get three of the golden 
apples that grew in the Garden of the Hesper- 
ides. The Hesperides, you must know, were 
the nieces of Atlas. 

25 



Nereus told him that if he would go down 
into Africa, where Atlas was holding up the 
world, that giant would get the apples for him. 

So Hercules went down into Africa. Almost 
as soon as he had touched the African shore, he was 
attacked by an earth-born giant called Antaeus. 

Antaeus was a giant of ferocious ap- 
pearance, and of great strength. The secret of 
his wonderful strength was, that his mother, 
the goddess of the earth, made him stronger 
each time he touched the ground. 

Hercules, knowing how Antaeus was being 
helped by his mother, lifted him high in air 
above the earth, and there strangled him. 

It had been the boast of Antaeus that he 
had killed all travelers who had passed that 
way. He killed no more after his meeting with 
Hercules. 

When his fight with Antaeus was over, 
Hercules lay down on the ground, and went to 
sleep. He soon awoke, feeling as if he were 
being stung by a thousand insects. 

Sitting up and rubbing his eyes, what should 
he see but a great number of tiny people, no 
larger than bumble-bees. These were the 
Pygmies. 

26 



While he was asleep, they had been climbing 
over his body and attacking him with their 
little bows and arrows. Hercules laughed 
heartily at them, and tied a few of them in a 
corner of his lion's skin, to take to Eurystheus. 

After this, he wandered about in Africa for 
a long time. At last he found the giant he was 
looking for. Walking up to him, he said, "See 
here, Atlas. You know your nieces better than 
I do, for I have never seen them. Won't you 
go to them, and ask them to give you three of 
the golden apples for me?'* 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Make a copy of the map on page 19, taking 
not more than ninety seconds in so doing. 

Place a statement under it giving the same 
meaning as the one used on page 19, but diflfering 
from it in form. 

2. Pronounce the words, all and rude (u=oo). 
Place this diacritical mark ( •) under the proper 
vowel in each of the following words: 6aZZ, iall^ 
holly smally tally wall, brutCy fruity rulcy truCy spruce. 

3. Words pronounced alike, but spelled differ- 
ently, are called homonyms or homophones; as, 
prey and pray. Make one or two statements re- 
garding each pair of the following homonyms: 

heard sun pale pane nose 

herd son pail pain knows 

27 



4 (a.) Supply the missing vowel in each word, 
and pronounce correctly: 

fam-ly acc-pt Androm-da 

mis-ry Ad-nis As-a 

pop-lar anch-r aut-mn 

barga-n bo-r bos-m 

(b.) Supply the missing consonants in : 

Au-kland ba-my ca-m 

a-kward de-t lis-en 

a-ry solem- autum- 

To THE Teacher: 

Exercises 1 and 2 should be inspected as they lie 
on the pupils* desks. During the inspection of 2, 
pupils should be asked to pronounce the words. 

Exercises 3 and 4 may be oral exercises. 

The phonic exercise should be the pronuncia- 
tion by the pupils of the following: Rhone (rone), 
nymphs (nimfs), Africa (af' ri ka), Nereus (ne'rus), 
Antaeus (an te' us). 



28 



<i 



a 



FOURTH EVENING 

When the children came in, Grandpa was 
busy with Lippincott's Magazine. 

As they sat down, he looked up and said: 
"Hello, youngsters! I am reading something 
that puts me in'^^d of Ben." 

What is it, Grandpa?'' asked Ben. 

You know, Ben, that you have lately 
fallen into the habit of talking quickly, so 
quickly, in fact, that you clip your words. For 
example, you say hist' ry for history ; dere for 
there; and gimme dot for give me that." 

"I know I have been careless, Grandpa. 
Mr. Dickens has told me about it, too. But, 
somehow, I forget." 

"Perhaps you don't try to remember, Ben," 
said Grandpa. 

"What are you reading, Grandpa, that re- 
minds you of Ben?" asked Belle. 

"Shall I read it aloud?" was the reply. 

29 



"Please do, Grandpa," was the answer. 
So he read as follows : 

Some ladies were talking about a conversation 
between a man and his wife which had been over- 
heard by them: 

"They must have been to the Zoo," Mrs. A. said, 
"because I heard her say, 'a trained deer.' " 

"Goodness me!" Mrs. B. laughed. "What queer 
hearing you must have! They were talking about 
going to the country, and she said to her husband, 
*Find out about the train, dear.' " 

"Well, did anybody ever!" exclaimed Mrs. C. 
"I am sure they were talking about music, for she 
said, 'a trained ear,' as plainly as could be." 

The talk began to get warm and, in the midst of 
it, the woman herself appeared. They at once car- 
ried their case to her, and asked her what she had 
really said. 

"Well, well! Isn't that curious ? " she remarked, 
after hearing the version of each one. "I'd been 
out in the country overnight and was asking my 
husband if it rained here last night." 

"I will try very hard to speak more slowly," 
said Ben, as the magazine was put aside. 

Then Grandpa went on with his story : 

" Humph ! " replied Atlas. "While I am do- 
ing that, who will hold up the world? " 

30 



"Oh, that's easy/' said Hercules. "I will." 
So he stooped down and took the world on his 
shoulders, while Atlas went to get the apples. 

It was no trouble for Atlas to do this, for, as 
I told you before, the nymphs who kept the 
garden were his nieces and would do anything 
to please him. 

When Atlas came back with the apples, he 
himself oflFered to carry them to Eurystheus, if 
Hercules would only hold up the world a little 
longer. He meant, however, that Hercules 
should hold up the world forever. 

But Hercules saw through the trick, and 
matched it with another. He thanked Atlas, 
and asked him to take the world for a moment, 
while he found a pad which would make the 
weight much easier to bear. So Atlas took the 
world again. 

Hercules at once walked oflF, taking with 
him the apples. Atlas shouted to him to 
come back, but he was soon beyond the sound 
of the giant's voice, and well on his way to 
Eurystheus. 

Hercules had now completed eleven of his 
twelve labors. If he was successful in the 
twelfth, Eurystheus would have to set him free. 

The last task was the most diflScult and dan- 

31 



gerous of all. It was nothing less than to go 
down into Pluto's kingdom and fetch Cerberus, 
Pluto's three-headed watch dog, to Eurystheus. 

This task he never could have done alone, as 
no hving mortal was permitted, except by favor 
of the gods, to enter the Land of Shades. So 
Hercules got the help of Mercury and Minerva, 
who went with him. 

They went down to Pluto, who gave the 
hero permission to carry Cerberus off, if he 
could do it without using weapons. 

Hercules seized Cerberus. The monster 
raged and struggled furiously, but in vain. 
Hercules overcame and bound the three-headed 
dog, and took him to Eurystheus. The King, 
however, was so terrified by his appearance 
that his Royal Highness ordered Hercules to 
take him back to the underworld at once. 

When Hercules brought Cerberus into the 
light of the sun, from the gloomy cavern which 
led to the Plutonian shore, the monster could 
not bear the brightness. He turned away his 
heads, and, struggling more than ever, filled 
the air with frightful howls. 

The white foam from his deadly jaws was 
sprinkled upon the earth, and from it sprang up 
a poisonous plant, — wolfsbane. Because it 

3a " 



grew on the hard rock, the Greeks called this 
plant aconite, from a word meaning a whetstone. 

By this time all the neighboring kingdoms 
rang with the fame of Hercules. Now that 
he no longer had to work for King Eurys- 
thens, every king or noble who was at 
war with his neighbors, or who was troubled 
with robbers or wild beasts, asked him for help. 

So Hercules still found plenty to do. In 
fact, he gave himself no rest, for he listened to 
every call, feeUng that it was the work of his life 
to rid the world of all monstrous evils. 

At last the time came when he was taken up 
to Mount Olympus to live with the gods. 

It happened in this way: Hercules, as be- 
came a great hero, married a king's daughter. 
When he was taking home his bride, whose name 
was Deianeira, he came to a deep and rapid 
river. 

As he stood on the bank, wondering how he 
could cross, the centaur, Nessus, came gallop- 
ing up, and oflFered to carry Deianeira across on 
his back. Hercules accepted the oflFer. When 
the river was crossed, the centaur, with Dei- 
aneira still on his back, started oflF across the hills, 
running swiftly, for he meant to steal the bride. 

Hercules called to Nessus to conifc \i^^\ 

33 



but, as he only ran all the more swiftly, Hercules 
sent one of his poisoned arrows after the cen- 
taur. Nessus fell to the ground, pierced by the 
arrow, and with the poison of the hydra spread- 
ing through his veins. 

As he lay dying, he gave Deianeira a charm, 
which, he said, she should give her husband 
whenever he was unhappy. In reality, this 
charm was a deadly poison, for the centaur had 
dipped it in his own blood, which was filled 
with the poison of the hydra. 

For many years after this, Hercules and his 
wife lived happily together, and Deianeira al- 
most forgot about the centaur and his charm. 
But one day it was brought to her mind in 
this way: 

Hercules had gone up on a mountain, where 
he had built an altar of rough stones. He was 
getting ready to make a burnt oflFering. He 
sent a messenger to Deianeira, asking for one of 
his most beautiful robes. 

Here Grandpa paused, and looked mean- 
ingly at the children. The clock had just 
struck *^ bedtime.** 

To THE Pupils: 

De I'a nei' ra. Pronounce carefully, and then 
use orally in sentences: 

34 



I walked rapidly 


lead pencil 


it is I 


between you and ine 


blue sky 


it is he 


give trie that 


English history 


it is she 


let me see 


ivory white 


this is better 
than 


lean meat 


faint heart 


these are 
larger than 



To THE Teacher: 

1. Insist on the pronunciation of final conso- 
nants, even if they be exaggerated. 

2. Select pupils to dramatize the episode be- 
tween Hercules and Atlas. 



35 



FIFTH EVENING 

When Grandpa came into the room, the 
children were talking about the many diflScult 
deeds Hercules had done. 

Ben said that the destruction of the many- 
headed hydra was more diflScult than the over- 
coming of either Geryon or Nereus; but Belle 
said just the opposite. 

*'Well, May," said Grandpa, **what do you 
think about it?'* 

**It seems to me that taking the place of 
Atlas and holding up the world was the hard- 
est thing he had to do. For suppose he had 
stubbed his toe and dropped the world ! Where 
should we be?'" 

"That's too hard a conundrum for me," 
replied Grandpa. "Can either of you answer 
it?" he asked, turning toward Ben and Belle. 

"No, Grandpa," said they together. Then 
Grandpa went on: * 

Deianeira took the robe from the chest 

S6 



where it had been laid away. As she unfolded 
it, a small package fell from its folds to the floor. 
It was the centaur's charm. 

^Mt is possible my husband is unhappy," 
she thought. "I will give him the charm of 
Nessus." 

Not knowing that she was using a powerful 
poison, Deianeira heated water in a kettle, put 
into it the contents of the package, and then 
steeped the robe in the poisoned water. As 
soon as the garment was dry, she sent it to 
Hercules. 

It seemed to Hercules that his messenger, 
Lychas, kept him waiting a long time. At last, 
Lychas appeared with the robe. 

Seizing it impatiently, Hercules threw it 
over his shoulders. Instantly he felt as if he 
were on fire. He tried to tear it oflF. As he 
did so, his flesh came with it. 

In his rage, he seized Lychas by the foot, 
swung the poor fellow aroimd his head three or 
four times, and then hurled him into the sea. 
Lychas was turned into stone as he fell. 

Hercules knew that he was at the end of all 
his labors. He made a funeral pile of the great 
trees that he had torn up in his agony, mounted 

37 



it, spread out his lion's skin, and lay down with 
his head resting on his club. 

Meanwhile his friends, thinking there was 
trouble on the mountain, went up to see what 
had happened. Hercules asked one of these 
■friends to set fire to the pile. With great sor^ 
row the man stepped forward and touched the 
logs with a burning torch. 

Then a wonderful thing happened! All 
that could die, the mortal part, was burned to 
ashes. But the immortal Hercules, the real 
Hercules, came out from the fire all shining and 
glorious. 

Just at this moment a rainbow — the bridge 
of Iris — appeared in the sky. A moment 
38 



afterward, Iris in all her beautiful colors, and 
Mercury with his winged shoes, came lightly 
down the rainbow bridge from heaven to earth. 
They led the immortal Hercules to Mount 
Olympus, to Uve forever among the gods. Soon 
he married Hebe, the daughter of Juno. 

"And some July evening," said Grandpa, 
as he finished the story, "if you look overhead 
at the clear heavens, you will see the con- 
stellation Hercules shining down upon us.^ 
This is its shape," and Grandpa drew this: 



IHE CONBTEUATIOH 



■On the meridian at the latitude of New Yortc City at 8 P. H., 
about July ISth; at 12 midnight, about June lat; at 3 a. u., about 
April 15th. It can be well seen for several hours before and after it is 



"This brings to my mind one of Barry Corn- 
walFs beautiful thoughts," said Grandpa, as the 
children looked at the drawing. 

Stars 

They glide upon their endless way. 

Forever calm, forever bright; 
No bhnd hurry, no delay, 

Mark the Daughters of the Night; 
They follow in the track of Day, 

In divme delight. 

Shine on, sweet-orbed Souls for aye, 

Forever calm, forever bright; 
We ask not whither lies your way, 

Nor whence ye came, nor what your light. 
Be still a dream throughout the day, 

A blessing through the night. 
— Bryan Waller Procter {Barry Cornwall) . 

**0h, that is beautiful. Grandpa,'^ said Belle. 
**I will copy it in my commonplace book.'' 

1 

*^A good idea," replied Grandpa. "You 
may aU copy the drawing, too." 

The children began to draw the constella- 
tion, so as to fix its shape in their minds, while 
Grandpa went oflF to his books. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. A dialogue is a conversation between two or 
more persons. Write a dialogue that might have 

41 



taken place between Lychas (ly' k&s) and Hercules. 
Let each speak five times. 

2. Use the following homonyms in sentences: 

threw flee to 

through flea too 

two 

3. The suffix er means one who; as, robber^ one 
who robs. Note that rob is a monosyllable (word 
of one syllable) ending in a consonant immediately 
preceded by a vowel. 

What is done with the final consonant when er 
is added? 

How is the word syllabicated? 

Add er to the following. Syllabicate as you 
write them, and mark the accented syllable in each. 
Druniy ruriy swirriy baty hit. 

4. Agony means extreme pain. Constellation, 
a group of stars. Place the proper word in the 
blank space in each of the sentences following: 

A. The North Star may be found by means 

of the of the Big Dipper. 

B. He lay in the last of death. 

To THE Teacher: 

After the inductive work is finished, help the 
pupils formulate the rule for spelUng as well as 
the one for syllabication. 

Lead the pupils to tell you that words like 
teach and learn do not double the final consonant 
because the final consonant is not immediately 
preceded by a vowel. 

42 



SIXTH EVENING 

*^0h, Grandpa, we had a bully old time in 
the playground to-day/^ said Ben, as he and 
the girls came into the room. 

** What kind of time did you say, Ben?" 

*^Bul — oh, excuse me. Grandpa, I meant a 
good time." 

"What were you doing?" 

"Playing a new game called 'Swat Ball.'" 

"I never heard of it before. Do you know 
anything about it, girls?" said Grandpa, as he 
turned toward Belle and May. 

Each of the girls said that she knew nothing 
of the, game, and then Grandpa said, "Tell us 
how it is played, Ben." 

Ben replied: "I don't know it very well 
myself yet, as we played it for the first time 
to-day. Redney's big brother Allen taught us." 



(( 



Doesn't he go to college?" asked Belle. 



« 



Oh, yes!" repUed Ben. "He is home from 
Cornell on a short vacation." 

43 



"Why *Redney'?" asked Grandpa. 

"Oh, we call him Redney because he has red 
hair and generally wears a red sweater/* an- 
swered Be!n. 

"I am glad to know that Redney 's brother 
is interested enough in you boys to help you 
with your sports/* said Grandpa. 

**It is pleasant, Grandpa, to have the big 
fellows help us once in a while. Allen says 
he is just a big brother to us all.'* 

"The more big brothers, the more good 
boys,** said Grandpa. "But go on, and tell us 
how you play 

Swat Ball.*' 

"Well, Grandpa, the forty-four fellows in 
our class made two teams of twenty-two each. 
The ammunition of each team consisted of 
twelve basket balls. 

"Allen Kned the teams up facing each other 
and about twenty feet apart, with the ammuni- 
tion lying at the feet of the mem bers of each 
team. 

"When Allen blew the whistle to start, 
each fellow tried to get a basket ball and hit 
one of the opposing side with it, just as in a snow- 
ball fight. 

44 



UBtub. 161 9-1890 



**When any fellow was hit, he had to drop 
ut of the game. He was not even permitted 
pick up the ball that had hit him. Other 
XMembers of his team could, however, and they 
vjised the missiles of the enemy in returning the 
ttack. 



** Pudgy, Bouncer , and I had a funny tri- 
angular duel. 

"Pudgy was on the opposing side. I ran 
vip to get a good shot at him, just as he was 
about to throw at Bouncer. 

"Bouncer was on my side, but seeing me so 
near the enemy's line, he thought I was one of 
them, and he aimed at me. 

"The three of us threw at the same minute, 
and each missile hit its victim on the shoulder. 
Just then the whistle blew to end the game.*' 

But who won?" asked Grandpa. 

It was a draw, Grandpa. When a fellow 
was hit, he was dead; and twenty had died on 
each side." 

"Well," said Grandpa, "how about that 
triangular duel? You know a triangle has 
three sides, and a duel is a fight between two 
persons." 

"I can't explain it. Grandpa. I read about 

45 



a 



C6 



a triangular duel in Marry att's ' Peter Simple,' 
though/' 

"Yes," said Grandpa, "I remember reading 
it many years ago. Well, if Marryatt uses 
triangular duel, I suppose we shall have to let 
Ben use it, too/' 

"Grandpa," said May, "I like that big 
brother idea, don't you?" 

"Yes, big brothers can be very helpful. By 
the way, children, I have never told you of two 
big brothers of whom the Greeks were very 
proud, have 1?" 

"What are their names. Grandpa?" asked 
Ben. 

"Prometheus and Epimetheus," was the 
answer. 

"No," chorused the children in reply, so 
Grandpa began 

The Story of Prometheus and 

Epimetheus. 

When the earth was finished, Jupiter told 
Prometheus and his brother, Epimetheus, that 
he had work for them to do. This was to fill the 
water with fish, and the forests with beasts 
and birds. When this was done, Prometheus 

46 



was to make Man, and Man was to be greater 
than any other animal. 

It was arranged by the two brothers that 
Epimetheus was to look after the wants of 
birds, beasts, and fishes; and when this work 
was completed, Prometheus was to look it 
over. 

Epimetheus then gave different gifts to the 
various creatures; to one was given speed; to 
another, strength; to this one, wisdom; and to 
that, courage. To some were given wings; to 
others, fins; and to others again, coverings of 
shell. With these gifts, the beasts, birds, and 
fishes could provide for their wants and protect 
themselves from their foes. 

Then came Man. Prometheus made him 
stand upright. While all other animals turn 
their faces downward and look to the earth, 
Man raises his face to heaven and looks at the 
stars. 

"Well, that's enough for this evening," said 
Grandpa as he glanced at the clock. "I have a 
little work to do." 

"And we have our lessons to look over," said 
Belle. 

So they separated for their several duties. 

47 



To THE Pupils; 

1. Turn to page 42. Add the suffix ing to the 
root words given in exercise 3, last paragraph, and 
write them, syllabicating as you do so and marking 
the accented syllable in each. 

2. Use the following homonyms in sentences : 



fir 


sum 


two 


ate 


reign 


fur 


some 


too 
to 


eight 


rein 
rain 



To THE Teacher: 

Inspect and correct the pupils' exercises. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



48 



SEVENTH EVENING 

Belle came in alone, and Grandpa noticed 
that she had a frown on her face. 

"Hello, Mistress! Why so gloomy-look- 
ing?'' asked he. 

"Oh, nothing's gone right to-day, Grandpa! 
I missed my spelKng in school, and I was so 
stupid and awkward in the folk-dancing after 



school that the other girls made fun of me." 

"Well! well! well!" was all that Grandpa 
said. 

"Yes, and that nasty little cat, Tillie, made 
faces at me." 

"Softly, softly," said Grandpa. "And what 
did you do?" 

"I made faces back at her, of course." 

"Oh, no! not *of course,' Belle. It takes 
two to make a quarrel, and if Tillie was so 
unladyKke as to make faces, you lowered your- 
self to her level when you made faces back at 
her. Because she was a cat, there was no 
reason why you should be one, too." 

49 



"That's so, Grandpa. I was so angry that 
I didn't think." 

"Well, Belle, your 'didn't think' and Ben's 
'I forgot' are a precious pair! But smooth 

that frown from your face, and, when Ben and 
May come in, I will read you something out of 
the Kansas City Star which a friend has just 
sent me. Then I want you to learn the poem 
by heart." 

In a few minutes, Ben and May came in, 
and then Grandpa read from the paper: 

If 

If in a bird-heart, beating 'neath the gray, 
There chants a song, no matter what the day — 
If in a bird-heart happy sunbeams shine. 
Why not in mine? 

If in a flower-face, beaten down by rain, 
The hope of clear skies be, in spite of pain — 
If in a flower-face a great hope shine. 
Why not in mine? 

— June Edna Bellman. 
Courtesy of the author and ''The Star.^^ 

When Grandpa looked up from his paper. 
Belle was smiling. Soon she said, "Thank you. 
Grandpa. I will learn the poem, and I will 
think about it, too." 

50 



Then Grandpa went on with the story of 
Epimetheus 

But, alas ! Epimetheus had been so generous 
with his gifts, that there seemed to be nothing 
left for Man. He had given everything to the 
beasts, birds, and fishes. 

There stood Man. Without wings, he could 
not fly. Without fins, he could swim neither 
so far nor so fast as the fish. And most of the 
beasts were speedier than he. 

Epimetheus went to his brother and said: 
"What can we do for Man? He has less pro- 
tection than bird, fish, or beast. He has 
neither fur nor feathers, wings nor fins, speed 
nor strength. He is at the mercy of all animals 
larger and stronger than himself. What can 
we do for him.^" 

Prometheus thought the matter over for 
some time. Then he said to Epimetheus, "I 
will go to Minerva and ask her advice." 

To Minerva he went, and when he had told 
his story she said: "Fetch fire from the sun, 
and teach Man its use. I will help you to do 
this. With the aid of fire you will enable him 
to overcome the strongest beasts." 

"That is a good idea," said Prometheus. 

51 



"I will fetch fire to these weak creatures, even 
if I lose my life in the attempt." And away he 
went with Minerva on his errand of mercy. 

It was a dangerous task, for Jupiter would 
not permit fire to be taken from the heavens. 
But Prometheus was brave; besides, he had 
Minerva to help him. 

At the chariot of the sun, Prometheus hgbted 
a torch, and then very slowly and carefully he 
came down to earth with the fire that he had 
stolen. 

Then was Man taught by Prometheus and 
Epimetheus the use and power of fire. 
62 



With this gift, Man was more than a match 
for all the other animals. It gave him the mas- 
tery over everything. 

With fire, the wild beasts were kept at bay, 
iron weapons were wrought, food was cooked, 
and the rude cave was made warm and comfort- 
able when the cold winds came. 

Prometheus, too, instructed Man in the arts 
— in fact, in everything that requires fore- 
thought. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Copy the poem "If and memorize it. 

2. Put the diacritical marks over the vowels 
in the following words: 

fray back play 

ball term her 

got ^ small tune 

cruel rule obey 

To THE Teacher: 

The pupils should check their words in the 
second exercise from your work on the blackboard. 
Phonic drill, pp. 340-345. 



cane 


cap 


blow 


bold 


pure 


fun 


bird 


create 



53 



EIGHTH EVENING 

When the children had seated themselves, 
Belle asked, "Wasn't Prometheus punished for 
the theft of fire. Grandpa?" 

"Yes," replied he. "Jupiter wag very 
angry, and to punish Prometheus, had him 
chained to a rock. Further, he bade an eagle 
go daily and eat the liver of Prometheus. At 
night it grew again. Thus the agony was 



"Poor, poor fellow," said May. 

"Well may you say that," continued Grand- 
pa, "for this went on for hundreds of years. 
The eagle appeared every day, and tore his flesh 
54 



with his claws and beak. At last, Hercules 
came along, and seeing what the eagle was 
doing, he fixed an arrow to his bow and shot the 
bird. Then, tearing apart the chains that 
bound Prometheus, he set the fire-bearer 
free." 

"That Hercules was a wonderful fellow. 
Grandpa," said Ben. 

"And what became of Epimetheus?" asked 
May. 

"Well," replied Grandpa, "you will hear 
about him." And Grandpa told the story of 

Pandora. 

Next came Woman. She was made in heaven, 
and every god gave something to make her 
perfect. 

One gave her a tender, loving heart that 
could not be cruel, even to the smallest creeping 
thing. Venus gave her a beautiful form, and 
eyes in which the light of the sun-god, Apollo, 
always shx)ne. Apollo gave her a love for 
music and beauty. Another god gave her a love 
for home and for little children. 

Having gifts from all of the gods, she was 
named Pandora, which is Greek for all gift. 

They dressed her beautifully, and crowvv^d 

55 



her with flowers. Then Mercury led her to the 
house of Epimetheus, 

Prometheus had warned his brother against 
taking any gift from Jupiter, for he knew that 
the god was very angry with the brothers for 
taking fire from heaven, and with man for re- 
ceiving it. 

But Epimetheus forgot all his brother's 
warnings when he saw the beautiful Pandora. 
He made her his wife. 

Now, there stood in the house of Epimetheus 
a covered box, in which were all the evils and 
plagues that for ages have beset mankind. 
Only one good thing was in the box, and that 
lay at the very bottom. 

Natiu 'ally, one of the first things Epimetheus 
did when Pandora came, was to show her the 
home which was to be hers. When they came 
to the box, he warned her never to lift the 
cover. 

For a time. Pandora was so busy and so 
happy in her new home that she forgot all about 
the box. But one day Epimetheus went away, 
and Pandora, being lonely, looked about for some- 
thing to do that might help her to pass the time. 

Just then she spied the box. I forgot to tell 

57 



you that it was a beautiful box, beautifully 
carved, and covered with pretty pictures. 

She sat down in front of it, just to admire 
it, she said to herself. After looking at it for 
some time, she began to play with a queer- 
looking, brightly colored cord with which the 
cover was fastened. 

"Humph! Mrs. Curiosity, — just like Mrs. 
Bluebeard," interrupted Belle 

Pandora said afterward that she never knew 
just how it happened, but happen it did. The 
cord came untied, and, try as she would, she 
could not tie it again. Some people say that it 
could not be tied again, because it was a 
58 



magic cord that had been enchanted by great 
Jupiter. 

However, I do not know much about that; 
but this I do know: Pandora at first was very 
much alarmed when she found that she could 
not tie the cord, for she thought something 
unpleasant would happen. But nothing hap- 
pened, and soon she began to wonder what 
would occur if she peeped into the box. 

As she sat thinking about it, Epimetheus 
came to the door. Alas! He was too late, for 
just then Pandora raised the cover a httle, — 
a tiny, tiny bit. But small as it was, there 
came out instantly a swarm of insects that 
stung Pandora and Epimetheus. 

Then followed Hate and Envy, Anger and 
Re venge, to torture the minds of men; then 
came fevers and colds, and sicknesses of all 
kinds to torment the body. 

Swarm after swarm came out and attacked 
them, until they were in an agony of pain and 
begging for mercy. 

Now came a gentle tapping on the under 
side of the Kd. Listening, they heard a sweet 
voice saying : " Please let me out. I am Hope." 

Hope was the one good thing I told you 
about, that lay in the bottom of the box. 

59 



Pandora lifted the cover as high as she could, 
and out stepped a beautiful maiden, who said: 
"I am sent to heal the woimds made by the 
evils and the plagues when they flew out of the 
box/' 

And so, to this day, when Man is worried 
and ill, he has Hope, let out of Pandora's box, 
ages and ages ago, to cheer and comfort him* 

To THE Pupils: 

Write the following headings at the top of a 
sheet of paper, and then place each one of the 
given words under its proper heading: 

Parts of the Body Parts of a House Ailments 

Animal Kingdom 

The words are: Liver, eagle, heart, door, eyes, 
window, ears, fever, bird, floor, fish, cow, sponge, 
dog, man, stomach, coral, chimney, nose, elbow, 
ceiling, closet, cough, sill, lintel, elephant, croup, 
diphtheria, Esquimau, robin, carp, measles. 

To THE Teacher: 

Have the pupils exchange papers when they have 
finished, and correct them from your work on the 
blackboard. A time limit should be placed on the 
exercise. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



Od 



60 






NINTH EVENING 

It was Sunday. Grandpa and the children 
were sitting around the table, reading. 

"Grandpa/' said Belle, looking up from 
her book, " excuse me for interrupting you, but 
here is a Kttle poem that reminds me of what 
you told me the other night, when I was a Uttle 
cat/' 

That's interesting," replied Grandpa. 
Ben and May would hke to hear it, I have no 
doubt, and so should I." Then Belle read 

Contentment. 

There was a man who smiled 
Because the day was bright; 
Because he slept at night; 
Because God gave him sight 
To gaze upon his child. 
Because his little one 
Could leap and laugh and run; 
Because the distant sun 
Smiled on the earth, he smiled. 

He toiled, and still was glad 
Because the air was free; 

61 



Because he loved, and she 
That claimed his love, and he 
Shared all the joys they had. 
Because the grasses grew; 
Because the sweet wind blew; 
Because that he could hew 
And hammer, he was glad. 

— Courtesy of the Author, S. E. Kiser. 

There was silence for a few minutes after 
Belle had finished, and then May said, "I saw 
a man begging to-day, when I was coming home 
from Sunday school. As I passed him, he 
said to the man from whom he was begging, *I 
am as poor as Lazarus, sir.' What did he mean. 
Grandpa?'' 

"Why, Lazarus was a very, very poor man, 
who, in spite of the fact that he was so poor, 
did all that he could to help others. Dives, 
on the other hand, was a selfish man, though 
very rich. 

"But let me tell you the whole story of 
these men." 

The Story of Lazarus and Dives 

There was a certain rich man. Dives by 
name. He dressed in purple and fine linen and 
ate and drank of the best of the land. At his 
gate lay a beggar named Lazarus, full of sores. 

""62 



Lazarus desired to be fed with the crumbs 
which fell from the rich man's table. As he 
lay at the gate, the dogs came and licked his 
sores. 

"And now," said Grandpa, "let me read 
you the rest from the Bible.'' Taking the Bible 
from the table, Grandpa opened it and read: 

And it came to pass that the beggar died, 
and was carried by the angels into Abraham's 
bosom. The rich man also died, and was buried ; 

And in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in 
torments, and seeth Abraham afar oflF, and Laz- 
arus in his bosoi^ 

And he cried and said: Father Abraham, 
have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he 
may dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool 
my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. 

But Abraham said: Son, remember that 
thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, 
and likewise Lazarus evil things; but now he is 
comforted, and thou art tormented. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Di'ves. 

J. 

2. Copy the last two paragraphs, supplying the 
necessary quotation marks. Quotation marks are 
not used in the Bible. How are quotations indi- 
cated in it? 

63 



TENTH EVENING 

"Well," said Grandpa, as the children came 
in, "y**" look as if you had been having a good 
time this afternoon." 

"We have had a very good time. Grandpa," 
said Belle. "You know to-morrow will be 
Lincoln's birthday, but we had our exercises in 
school to-day. Afterward, Ben took May and 
me out on his sled." 

"Yes," said May, "and Ben pulled us to the 

top of Indian Hill, and we had such funt We 

coasted all the afternoon. You should have seen 

the man from Norway with his skees, Grandpa! 

64 



He jumped awfu — no, I mean, very far. 
About a mile, I think." 

All Grandpa said, was: 

"Hey! diddle diddle, 

The cat and the fiddle. 

The cow jumped over the moon/* 

May blushed, but said nothing. 

"I should like to learn to skee. Grandpa,'' 
came from Ben. "You can make very fast 
time with skees, and while you can't jump a mile 
with them, you can make some long jumps 
coming down a mountain. I know May's 
Norwegian can, because I have seen him do it." 

"Oh, yes, I know," replied Grandpa. "I 
have seen them make a mile in two minutes in 
Norway, and jump 120 feet. Not quite so far 
as May's jumper, but still a long jump." 

"I should say so," exclaimed Ben. "Why, 
that is more than half a city block." 

"So you see you could go very fast, Ben. 
But what would you do if you fell on your face? 
You know the skees are eight feet long or more." 

"I am afraid I should stick fast, Grandpa, 
until some one came to raise me up." 

"Perhaps, as you want them so much, Santa 
Claus will bring you a pair," said Grandpa. 

65 



"Perhaps I had better speak to father about 
them, Grandpa. I may get them sooner that 
way/' repUed Ben, with a twinkle in his eye. 



ti 



But, children, you haven't told me about 




THE SKEE JUMPEB 



your school exercises to-day!" exclaimed 
Grandpa. 

"Well," replied Belle, "of course there were 
some visitors on the platform. We had reci- 
tations, and we sang patriotic songs. 

66 



" When we saluted the flag we sang our 
* National Anthem :' " 

The Star-Spangled Banner 

O say, can you see, by the dawn's early light, 
What so proudly we hailed at the twilight's last 
gleaming — 
"Whose broad stripes and bright stars, through the 
clouds of the ^fight 
O'er the ramparts we watched were so gallantly 
streaming! 
-And the rocket's red glare, the bombs bursting in 

air, 
Gave proof through the night that our flag was 

still there; 
O say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave 
O'er the land of the free, and the home of the brave ? 

On that shore dimly seen through the mists of the 
deep, 
Where the foe's haughty host in dread silence 
reposes. 
What is that which the breeze, o'er the towering 
steep, 
As it fitfully blows, now conceals, now discloses? 
Now it catches the gleam of the morning's first 

beam. 
In full glory reflected, now shines on the stream; 

* The original text gave "perilous fight'* as the ending of the third 
line. Key revised this, and "clouds of the fight," a stronger expression 
in every way, was substituted. 

67 



'Tis the star-spangled banner! O long may it 

wave 
0*er the land of the free, and the home of the 

brave! 

And where is the band who so vauntingly swore 

That the havoc of war and the battle's confusion 

A home and a country should leave us no more? 

Their blood has wash'd out their foul footsteps' 

pollution. 
No refuge could save the hireling and slave 
From the terror of flight or the gloom of the grave; 
And the star-spangled banner in triumph doth 

wave 
O'er the land of the free, and the home of the 

brave. 

O! thus be it ever, when freemen shall stand 

Between their loved home and the war's deso- 
lation! 
Blest with vict'ry and peace, may the heav'n- 
rescued land 
Praise the power that hath made and preserved 
us a nation. 
Then conquer we must, when our cause it is just. 
And this be our motto — "In God is our trust!" 
And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall 

wave 
O'er the land of the free, and the home of the brave. 



And do you know, Grandpa,'' said Ben, 
that two of the visitors did not know enough 

68 






to stand when the National Anthem was sung? 
The principal had to speak to them." 

"That is strange," replied Grandpa. "I 
supposed everybody knew enough to stand for 
'The Star-Spaiigled Banner.'" 



tt 



ct 



"Lincoln was a very poor boy, Grandpa, 
wasn't he?" asked May. 

"Very, very poor," was the reply. "And 
what was worse. May, when he was but Httle 
older than you, his mother died." 

Poor fellow!" sighed Ben. 

Afterward, his father married Nancy 
Hanks, and she took good care of Abraham tod 
his sister, Sarah . They learned to love her 
dearly." 

"I am so glad she was such a good woman," 
said Belle. 

Grandpa went on: 

"Lincoln's step-mother said of him long 
after: *He was the best boy I ever knew. He 
never gave me a cross word or look, and never 
refused to do anything I asked.' That's some- 
thing for all you youngsters to pattern after." 

• 

Here Grandpa looked at his watch and said, 
"Dear me! Time for your lessons." 

And oflF went the youngsters. 

To THE Pupils: 

Copy the first stanza of "The Star-Spangled 
Banner," and memorize it. 

70 



To THE Teacher: 

1. Test the pupils' knowledge of the first stanza, 
either orally or in writing. 

2. For dictation, after the pupils have read the 
selection : 

There is no geography in American manhood. 

There are no sections to American fraternity. The 

South claims Lincoln, the immortal, for its own; 

the North has no right to reject Stonewall Jackson, 

the one typical Puritan Soldier of the war, for its 

own. 

— Henry Waiter son. 

3. Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



71 



ELEVENTH EVENING 

"Children/' said Grandpa, looking up as 
they came in, "I am reading a book of EngUsh 
poetry ; and I have found a poem that brings to 
my mind Lazarus and describes our loved Lin- 
coln. Shall I read it?" 

"Oh, please do. Grandpa,'' exclaimed the 
children, and he read 

Abou Ben Adhem. 

Abou Ben Adhem (may his tribe increase!) 
Awoke one night from a deep dream of peace. 
And saw, within the moonlight in his room. 
Making it rich, and like a lily in bloom. 
An angel writing in a book of gold: 
Exceeding peace had made Ben Adhem bold. 
And to the presence in the room he said, 
"What writest thou?" — The vision rais'd its head. 
And with a look made of all sweet accord, 
Answer'd, "The names of those who love the Lord." 
"And is mine one?" said Abou. "Nay, not so," 
Replied the angel. Abou spoke more low, 
But cheerily still; and said, "I pray thee then. 
Write me as one that loves his fellow-men." 

72 



The angel wrote, and vanished. The next night 
It came again with a great wakening light. 
And showed the names whom love of God had bless*d — 
And lo ! Ben Adhem's name led all the rest. 

— Leigh Hunt. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Beginning with Abou in the twelfth line, 
write the remainder of the poem. 

2. One of you, appointed by your teacher, will 
put the following questions to the other pupils. 
Ask each question, before calling on a pupil for the 
answer. The answers should be in the words of the 
poem: 

Who awoke one night? 

What did Abou Ben Adhem do? 

What did he see? 

What had made Ben Adhem bold? 

What did he say to the presence? 

What did the vision do and say? 

What did Abou say? 

What did the angel reply? 

What did Abou say? 

What did the angel do? 

What happened the next night? 

To THE Teacher: 

The first exercise should be collected, corrected, 
and returned. 

Phonic drill, pp. 340-345. 



73 



TWELFTH EVENING 

May went up to Grandpa the moment she 
came in, and climbed into his lap. 

As soon as she was settled, she said, " Grand- 
pa, I heard something in school to-day I don't 
understand/' 

"Is that unusual, little one? '* asked Grandpa. 

"No, I don't think it is. Sometimes my 
teacher talks so fast and so much that my head 
won't hold it all," was May's reply. 

"What is puzzling you.^ Perhaps I can 
help you," said Grandpa. Just then the other 
children came in and sat beside him. 

"Oh!" said May, "one of the big girls, 
Sarah, was making fim of another girl, who was 
crying because she had missed her geography. 
And Sarah said, 'You are hke Niobe, all tears.' 
Who was Niobe, Grandpa?" 

In reply,* Grandpa told 

The Story of Niobe. 

Niobe, you must know, was the daughter of 
Tantalus. She was married to Amphion, a 

74 



great musician. They had seven sons and 
seven daughters, of whom Niobe was very 
proud. 

Now Niobe was jealous of Latona, the mother 
of Apollo and Diana. When the people came to 
worship Latona on a feast day, Niobe ordered 
them to cease. 

This made Latona so angry that she com- 
manded Apollo and Diana to kill all Niobe's 
children. They obeyed, and killed all the 
beautiful children with arrows. 

Amphion, on hearing the sad news, killed 
himself. 

Niobe, left without her husband and chil- 
dren, wept day and night. Jupiter turned her 
into stone, but still she wept. 

A whirlwind carried her to the mountains 
of her own country, and there she is still, 
— a mass of rock, from which a trick- 
ling stream flows, showing her never-ending 
grief. 

"This, children," went on Grandpa, "is the 
poetical way the Greeks had of describing 
winter. Niobe is winter, and the tears mean 
the melting of snow and ice under the rays of 
the spring sun." 

76 



To THE Pupils: 

Copy the second stanza of "The Star-Spangled 
Banner," and memorize it. 

To THE Teacher: 

1. Test the pupils' knowledge of the second 
stanza. 

2. Use the first stanza of the following excerpt 
from Stonewall Jackson's Grave, for dictation, after 
having gone over it with your pupils. The second 
stanza should be copied by the pupils. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 

Stonewall Jackson's Grave 

A simple, sodded mound of earth. 

With not a line above it — 
With only daily votive flowers 

To prove that any love it; 
The token flag that, silently. 

Each breeze's visit numbers, 
Alone keeps martial ward above 

The hero's dreamless slumbers. 

No name? no record? Ask the world — 

The world has heard his story — 
If all its annals can unfold 

A prouder tale of glory? 
K ever merely human life 

Hath taught diviner moral — 
K ever round a worthier brow 

Was twined a purer laurel? 

— Margaret J. Preston. 

77 



THIRTEENTH EVENING 

As the children came into the room they 
heard a tootle-ootle that surprised them, as they 
had not heard the hke before. 

It came from Grandpa, 
who, with his music before 
him, was practicing on an 
instrument called an oboe. 

"Oh, what a curious look- 
ing instrument ! ' ' exclaimed 
Belle, as Grandpa stopped 
playing, and put the oboe to 
one side. "What is it?'' 

"It is an oboe," was the 
reply. " We are going to form 
an orchestra, and I shall play 
either the bassoon or the 
oboe.'' 

"Will the orchestra give 
concerts?" asked Ben. bassoon 



OBOE 



"Certainly," was the reply. 

"Oh, won't it be pleasant to go to hear you 

78 



play!" said May, as she rocked her doll, trying 
to put it to sleep. 

**We haven't had any 
music for some time,'* said 
Grandpa, as he went over to 
the piano and took his seat 
at it. 

The children found places 
around him, and he asked, 
"What shall we sing?'' 

"Let us sing a lullaby. 
Grandpa. Perhaps my dolly 
will go to sleep then.'* 

^ 1 , 1 . BASS CLARINET 

Grandpa turned over nis 
music. Then he played, while they all sang : 




REST, MY BABY, REST. 



German Folk Song 
Not too slow 



W. Lambert 



^ 



t 



^=i 



L^.r 



^— 51-n- 



i 



T 



^5 



^ 



1. I Lest, my 


ba 


- by. 


rest 


In 


thy down - y 


2. Sleep, my 


dar 


- ling, 


sleep. 


On 


thy slum - ber 


3. Rest, my 


ba 


- by 


fair, 


Free 


from ev - 'ry 



^m 



i 







£ 



^m 



nest. Hark! the rain is fall - ing fast. Wind and storm are 
deep May no breath of clam -or rude. Pain, or trou-ble 
care. Through the wood the pi -geon flies, Seek -ing here and 

79 



i 



5 



^ 



i T^n 



i 



I ^f 

km 



3 



m 



^ 
^ 



i H ^c I 



driv - ing past. Hark! the dog with an - gry growl -ing 

now in-trude. While the hare, the hun - ter fear - ing, 

there sup-plies; In her nest her fledg - lings ly - ing 



i 



H n^ 



^ 



i 



fiH^jnri 



Chides the beg - gar, home-less, prowl -ing. Here with peace and 
Tim - 'rous thro' the grass is peer - ing, Lone its watch will 
Wea - ri - ly for food are cry - ing. No such sor - rows 



^m 



m 



fyprii 



rit. 



i 



m 



com - fort blest. Rest, my ba - by, 
o'er thee keep. Sleep, my dar - ling, 
shalt thou share. Rest, my ba - by 



rest. 

sleep. 

fair. 



Just as they finished, in walked Mr. Dick- 
ens. He, too, was going to play in the or- 
chestra, and he had brought in his new bass 
clarinet to show Grandpa. 

So the children's music was over for the 
evening. 



i 



To THE Pupils: 

1. Finish memorizing "The Star-Spangled Ban- 



ner. 



99 



2. Make a list of the names of such musical 
instruments as you know. Then arrange them 
alphabetically. Be sure of your spelling. Consult 
the Dictionary, if necessary. 

80 



OB&NDPAB I.ULLABT 



81 



To THE Teacher: 

1. Test the pupils' knowledge of the National 
Anthem. 

2. Use the following as a memory gem for your 

class : 

Stonewall Jackson's Grave 

Rare fame! rare name! if chanted praise, 

With all the world to listen; 
If pride that swells a nation's soul; 

If foeman's tears that glisten; 
If pilgrims' shrining love; if grief 

Which naught can soothe or sever, — 
If these can consecrate, this spot 

Is sacred ground for ever. 

— Margaret J. Preston. 

3. Collect, correct, and return the second ex- 
ercise. 



82 



FOURTEENTH EVENING 

"Ben, you forgot something again this 
morning/' said Grandpa, as the children came 
into the room. 

"I don't think I did. Grandpa. I cleaned 
my nails carefully after I had my bath, and then 
dressed myseK quickly. I fed the pigeons before 
I had my breakfast, too." 

"Yes, that's true," replied Grandpa. "But 
whose birthday is this?" 

"Oh, I thought of it yesterday at school, as 
I went into the classroom. When I saw Wash- 
ington's picture on the board, I remembered 
that to-day would be February 22. But I for- 
got it again this morning." 

"Well, I put out the flag, as you had for- 
gotten it." 



"Thank you. Grandpa. I will try not to 
forget." 

"I think," replied Grandpa, "that I shall 
ask Belle to remember for you, and you to think 

83 



xa THE STATE cAPrroi* bicbuoniv va. 



S4i 



for her. But what was done in school yesterday 
in honor of the immortal Washington?" 

"Oh," replied Ben, "we had our usual pa- 
triotic exercises, and Belle's class sang ^America' 
in two parts." 

"They sang it very well. Grandpa," said 

May. 

"Will you repeat the words of the poem for 
me. Belle?" asked Grandpa. 

"With pleasure, Grandpa," replied Belle, and 
she repeated the words of 

America. 

My country! 'tis of thee. 
Sweet land of liberty. 

Of thee I sing; 
Land where my fathers died! 
Land of the Pilgrims' pride! 
From ev'ry mountain side 

Let freedom ring! 

My native country thee, 
Land of the noble free, 

Thy name I love; 
I love thy rocks and rills, 
Thy woods and templed hills; 
My heart with rapture thrills 

Like that above. 

85 



Let music swell the breeze. 
And ring from all the trees 

Sweet freedom's song: 
Let mortal tongues awake; 
Let all that breathe partake; 
Let rocks their silence break, 

The sound prolong. 

Our fathers' God! to Thee, 
Author of Liberty, 

To Thee we sing: 
Long may our land be bright 
With freedom's holy light; 
Protect us by Thy might, 

Great God, our King! 

—S. F. Smith. 

And this ended the evening. 

To THE Pupils: 

Copy the first stanza of "America." How many 
exclamation points in it.^ Memorize it. 

To THE Teacher: 

Test the pupils' knowledge of the first stanza. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



86 



FIFTEENTH EVENING 

As the children came in, panting and glow- 
ing. Belle exclaimed, "We have had a splendid 
time on Indian Pond to-day!" 

"I'm glad to hear that," was Grandpa's 
reply. "What were you doing?" 

May said excitedly, "Oh, Grandpa, Ben and 
Belle were teaching me to skate! It was such 
fun!" 

"Yes, Grandpa, and something very funny 
happened just as we were coming away," said 
Belle. 

"What was that?" asked Grandpa. 

"There was a man who tried to skate over 
the thin ice near the edge of the pond." 
87 



"Not a wise thing to do, I should think," 
said Grandpa. 

"It wasn't," went on Belle. '*The ice 
broke and he tumbled in. When he scrambled 
out on the bank, a lady standing there said, 
'My dear sir, how did you come to tumble in?' 

"And the man replied, as the water dripped 
from him, 'My dear madam, to be frank with 
you, I didn't come to tumble in — I came to 
skate.' " 

"A pertinent , if not a satisfactory, reply," 
was all Grandpa said. 

"I wonder. Grandpa, if the Greek children 



a 



(( 



in those old days you tell us about had as much 
fun as we have?" remarked Ben. 

" I think so,'* replied Grandpa. " I have read 
that they used to snowball from forts, play hop- 
scotch, marbles, bUndman's buflf, hide and seek, 
leapfrog, and many other games that you play." 

Isn't that interesting?" said Belle. 

Yes, and they used to ask conundrums, too. 
Here is a very old one the Greeks used to ask 
one another: 

From a black sire my being springs, 
I soar aloft, but not with wings. 
Tears, without sorrow, to your eye 
I draw; and, scarcely born, I die." 

"I know the answer to that," said Ben after 
a moment's thought. 

"Don't tell," .warned Grandpa. "Give the 
girls a chance. Come near the fireplace; per- 
haps that will help you to get warm." 

Still the girls couldn't guess the answer. 
Finally, Ben said, "Look out of the window. 
See what is coming out of that chimney!" 

And both girls said together — what? 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Copy the last two stanzas of "America." 
"Why is a colon used at the end of the third line in 
the last stanza? 

89 



2. Arrange the words of "America" alphabeti- 
cally (Dictionary arrangement) . To do this quickly, 
place each letter of the alphabet as a heading. 
Under each heading, put the words beginning with 
that letter. Then rearrange the words under each 
heading according to the Dictionary plan. 

3. Prefix the prefix un to the following: 

usual natural afraid 

conscious dying aware 

failing ashamed fortunate 

How have you changed the meanings? 
Use the first and last words in sentences. 

To THE Teacher: 

Have the pupils exchange papers, and correct 
from your work on the blackboard. Divide 2 into 
as many exercises as is necessary, preferably one 
for each stanza. 



90 



SIXTEENTH EVENING 

As the children and Grandpa sat around the 
table reading, May suddenly looked up from 
her book and said: "Grandpa, to-day in 
Sunday school, my teacher said something 
about Goliath. I don't know much about hiin. 
Won't you tell us?" 

So books were put aside, and Grandpa told 

The Story of David and Goliath.^ 

What I am about to tell you, happened in 
Biblical days. 

The Philistines were in camp on the ridge of 
a mountain, with the army of Israel on the 
opposite slope, and nothing but a valley be- 
tween them. 

Now there was a famous warrior, GoUath 
by name, in the PhiUstine camp. He was a 
giant, his height being six cubits and a span. 

He was terrible to look at in his brass helmet 
and his heavy coat of mail. His legs also were 

'Courtesy of Rev. Maurice H. Harris. 

91 



protected with brass glates, and between his 
shoulders was a brass shield; "and the shaft of 
his spear was hke a weaver's beam/' 

"Come," said he, stalking forth into the 
valley, "let us settle this battle by single com- 
bat. I'm a Philistine, choose you an Israehte. 
If I am killed, then the Philistines shall be 
Israel's slaves; if he is killed, then you serve us." 

In those days it was not uncommon when 
two armies met, to settle their affairs by single 
copibat rather than by a battle. 

But there seemed to be no man in Israel who 
was a match for this big bully. 

When Goliath saw that no man came forth, 
-^ for, to tell the truth, the Israelites were very 
much frightened — he began to abuse them. 
He said, "I defy the armies of Israel this day; 
give me a man of Israel that we may fight to- 
gether." 

When the Israelites heard these words of the 
Philistine, the Bible says, "They were dismayed 
and greatly afraid." 

But a champion was at hand in David, who 
was not only the sweet singer of Israel, but a 
soldier as well. 

He had been told by his father to leave the 

92 



DATm THB TOUNO B 



sheep, and go to the camp of the Israelites to 
inquire after his three elder brothers. They 
were in the army, and he was to find out what 
they needed. 

David did as he was told. Off he started, 
taking with him an ephah of parched com and 
ten loaves of bread for his brothers, with ten 
cheeses as a present to their captain. 

No sooner had he entered the camp and 
found his brothers, than he heard the boastful 
Goliath defying the Israelites; for every day 
did the Philistine abuse the Israelites. 

David was astonished. " What does it 
mean?" he asked. 

93 






Haven't you heard?** replied a bystander. 
Whoever slays this giant that is defying the 
army of Israel will be rewarded by the king, 
who will also give him the hand of the princess 
in marriage/* 

David angrily burst forth: "How dare this 
Philistine defy the armies of the hving God!'' 

And Eliab, his eldest brother, heard when he 
spake unto the men; and Eliab's anger was 
kindled against David, and he said, Why comest 
thou down hither? And with whom hast thou 
left those few sheep in the wild erness ? I know 
thy pride, and the naughtiness of thine heart; 
for thou art come down that thou mightest see 
the battle. 

And David said. What have I done now? 
Is there not a cause? 

David turned away, and asked the Israelites, 
one after another, "Why has no one answered 
the defiant Philistine?" And each one an- 
swered him as before. 

Then the soldiers, struck by his boldness, 
began to talk about him. Thus it was that the 
news reached Saul, the king, that there was a 
young man in camp who did not seem to be 
afraid of the PhiKstine monster. 

94 



Saul sent for David ; and David went and said 
to Saul, Let no man's heart fail because of him; 
thy Servant will go and fight with this Philistine. 

To THE Pupils: 

Philistine (fills' tin), a native of southern Pal- 
estine; nowadays, a person lacking in culture. Qoli- 
ath (go li' ath) . Ephah (e'f a) . An ephah is a 
little more than half a bushel. A cubit is a little 
more than eighteen inches; a span, nine inches. 
Kindled means set fire to, aroused. Note its 
resemblance to candle. Pertinent means fit or 
suitable. 

1. Give your answer to each of the following 
questions in a sentence. How tall was Goliath? 
(Your answer to be in feet and inches.) How many 
small measures in an ephah? How many quarts? 

2. Ask. The dot over d denotes medial a. 
Mark the following: Task, fast, past, mast, antj 
pass, grass, brass, dance, lance, chance, branch. 

S. Copy the third and fourth paragraphs on 
page 94, supplying quotation marks where they 
are left out of the Bible selections. 

To THE Teacher: 

Papers in exercise 1 should be exchanged, and 
then corrected from the blackboard. 

Call the attention of your pupils to the fact 
that the translation of the Bible dates back to the 
beginning of the seventeenth century. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 

95 



SEVENTEENTH EVENING 

Grandpa was playing his oboe when the 
children came in. He put it aside as they 
gathered around him, and asked: "Well, May, 
how did you like the story of last evening?'^ 

"I Uked young David very much," was 
May's reply. "He needed great courage to 
stand up against that big PhiUstine." 

"Yes,"' said Grandpa, "that is true. And 
this evening you will learn how well he per- 
formed the task he set out to do." And Grand- 
pa went on with the story: 

And Saul said to David, "Thou art not able 
to go against this Philistine to fight with him: 
for thou art but a youth, and he is a man of war 
from his youth." 

To this David replied, "O King, I am not so 
untried as thou dost suppose. I keep my 
father's sheep. Once a Uon stole one of my 
lambs. I gave chase, caught and killed the 
lion, and saved the lamb. The same thing 
happened to a bear that stole a lamb; and so I 

96 



will treat this huge monster who has dared to 
defy the army of the Hving God. The Lord, 
who dehvered me from the jaws of the lion and 
the paws of the bear, will surely dehver me from 
this PhiUstine." 

And Saul said unto David, ^^Go, and the 
Lord be with thee. But first put on my coat of 
mail and my brass helmet, and take with thee my 
sword." 

David did as he was told, but he could not 
walk with the heavy armor on. 

He took it off. Next, he picked up five 
smooth stones from the brook and put them 
into a bag. 

Then, grasping his shepherd's staff, and with 
his sling in his hand, he drew nigh to the Phil- 
istine. 

"And now," said Grandpa, ''I will read you 
the rest," so taking his Bible again, he opened 
it and read: 

And the Philistine came on and drew near 
unto David; and the man that bare the shield 
went before him. 

And when the Philistine looked about, and 
saw David, he disdained him : for he was but a 
youth, and ruddy, and of a fair countenance . 

97 



And the Philistine said unto David, Am I 
a dog, that thou comest to me with staves? 
And the PhiKstine cursed David by his gods. 

And the PhiUstine said to David, Come to 
me, and I will give thy flesh unto the fowls of the 
air, and to the beasts of the field. 

Then said David to the Philistine: Thou 
comest to me with a sword, and with a spear, 
and with a shield; but I come to thee in the 
name of the Lord of hosts, the God of the armies 
of Israel, whom thou hast defied. 

This day will the Lord deliver thee into 
mine hand; and I will smite thee, and take 
thine head from thee; and I will give the car- 
casses of the host of the Philistines this day unto 
the fowls of the air, and to the wild beasts of 
the earth; that all the earth may know there is 
a God in Israel. 

9ie 4t 4t 4t 4t 4c ^ 

And it came to pass, when the Philistine 
arose, and came and drew nigh to meet David, 
that David hasted, and ran toward the army to 
meet the Philistine. 

And David put his hand in his bag and took 
thence a stone, and slang it, and smote the Philis- 
tine in his forehead, that the stone sunk into his 
forehead; and he fell upon his face to the earth. 

98 



So David prevailed over the Philistine with 
a sling and with a stone, and smote the Philis- 
tine, and slew him; but there was no sword in 
the hand of David. 

Therefore David ran, and stood upon the 
Philistine, and took his sword and drew it out 
of the sheath thereof, and slew him, and cut 
off his head therewith. And when the Phil- 
istines saw their champion was dead, they 
fled. 

To THE Pupils: 

Countenance means the appearance of the face. 
Hasted is the old form for hastened. Forehead 
(fOr' fid) is that part of the face above the eyes. 



1. Copy the paragraph including : "Thou comest 
to me with a sword> and with a spear/' 

2. Be ready to use the following in sentences: 

last night this afternoon 

to-morrow evening day before yesterday 

day after to-morrow shepherd's staff 

this evening this morning 

3. Why are not quotation marks used in para- 
graphs 1, 2, 3, and 4, page 98, to indicate what is 
said by David and by the Philistine? 

To THE Teacher: 

Have the sentences read aloud and criticised. 
Phonic review, pp. 340-345, 



100 



EIGHTEENTH EVENING 



4t 



Grandpa, I'm mad clean through," said 
Ben, as he rushed into the room and threw his 
cap on the floor. 

"Softly, softly,'' replied Grandpa. "I sup- 
pose you mean you are angry. You know they 
kill mad dogs, and lock up mad people." 

"Oh, excuse me. Grandpa. I didn't mean 
to be so rude." 

"Pick up your cap, Ben, hang it where it 
belongs, and then come over here and tell me 
all about it." 

When Ben came back, he had calmed 
down. He sat beside his sisters, who had just 
come in. 

"Well, Ben, what's the story?" asked 
Grandpa. 

"You know. Grandpa, for the last few days 
Skin^ has been sitting in the same seat with me." 

"You don't mean Mean Skinny, do you?" 
asked Belle. 

101 



"That's the very fellow," replied Ben. 

"Then I feel sorry for you," said Belle. 
"He's the meanest fellow in the school. 

"You remember the time. Grandpa, last 
summer," went on Belle, "when we children 
were going to have a picnic ?" 

"Yes, lassie, I remember," was the reply. 

"We had a meeting to arrange for it. One 
girl said she would bring chicken sandwiches, 
another promised to bring ham sandwiches, and 
a third, currant cake. 

"So it went on. There were promised cake, 
candy, pies, nuts, — everything you could 
think of good to eat. Pudgy, who sat next to 
Skinny said, ^I'll bring the cofiFee.' 

"Then Skinny, who was the last, spoke up 
and said, *I'll bring the water for the cofiFee.'" 

"Well, Grandpa, that tells how mean he 
is," said Ben. "In school, he borrows things 
from us and never thinks of paying us back. 
He copies every chance he gets, and he tells on 
everybody. He had me kept in to-day." 

"He is not the most charming companion 
in the world, I should imagine," said Grandpa. 

"Charming companion!" exploded Ben. 

102 



"He's a mean sneak, a regular Uriah Heep! I 
should like to punch his head for him." 

"Two can play at that game, you know," 
said Grandpa. "Can't you try some other 
plan.f* What did he do to you to-day to have 
you kept in?" 

"He borrowed my drawing pencil this morn- 
ing, and when I asked him for it this afternoon, 
he wouldn't give it to me, — wouldn't even look 
at me when I spoke to him. So I poked him 
in the ribs, and Mr. Dickens saw me do it, and 
I was kept in." 

"So you were punished, and he wasn't, 
though he was the one really to blame .f^" 

"Yes, Grandpa, that's what made me angry." 

"I have another plan for you to try, Ben. 
The next time Skinny wants to borrow any- 
thing, just tell him this story: 

One Good Tukn Deserves Another 

Willy Wag went to see Charley Quirk, 

More famed for his books than his knowledge, 

In order to borrow a work 

He had sought for in vain over college. 

But Charley replied: *My dear friend, 
You must know I have sworn and agreed 

My books from my room not to lend, 
But you may sit by my fire and read.* 

103 



Now it happened by chance, on the morrow. 
That Quirk, with a cold, shivering air. 

Came his neighbor Will's bellows to borrow. 
For his own were out of repair. 

But Willy replied: *My dear friend, 

I have sworn and agreed, you must know. 

That my bellows I never will lend: 
But you may sit by my fire and blow/ 

"And if that doesn't stop him, tell him you 
will show him the Gorgon's head." 

"What will that do to him. Grandpa .'^" 
asked Ben. 

"Wait until to-morrow evening, youngsters. 
You will find out then. The story is too long 
to begin this evening." 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Arrange the following words in a column 
alphabetically, and place after each its antonym 
or opposite in meaning: Inside y ovevy goody better y 
best, farther y mucky morey mosty dark, savey thaw. 

2. Use the following homonyms in sentences: 

current right pane 

currant write pain 

To THE Teacher: 

This exercise should be corrected by the pupils from 
your work on the blackboard. Tell the pupils about 
Uriah Heep; David Copperfield, chapters XV and 
XVII, might be read to them. Phonic review, pp. 
S40-S45. 

104 



NINETEENTH EVENING 

The children were so eager for Grandpa's 
new story, that they came home from school as 
quickly as they could and, very soon afterward. 
Grandpa began to tell of 

The Gorgon's Head. 

This is the story of Medusa, the Gorgon who 
was slain by Perseus. 

Perseus, even as a boy, was of wonderful 
strength and courage. When he grew to be a 
young man, he was sent by Minerva to kill 
Medusa. 

Long years before, Medusa had been a 
handsome maiden whose hair was her greatest 
beauty. 

She had dared, however, to say that she 
was as beautiful as Minerva. So the goddess 
changed her hair to hissing snakes. 

So frightful was her appearance, and so dread- 
ful the look of despair on her face, that the hor- 
ror of it turned any one who looked upon her 

105 



into stone. Around her cave dwelling were 
many stone figures which had once been men 
and animals. 

It was to this horrible place that Perseus 

• » n 

went to overcome her. 

Minerva gave him superhuman strength 
and courage. Mercury lent him the famous 
winged sandals, which carried him swiftly 
through the air, and gave him also the sword 
Harp6, made of a single diamond, with which 
no second blow was ever needed. Pluto gave 
him the cap of darkness, which made the wearer 
invisible to mortal eyes. 

After much traveUng and great difficulty, 
Perseus found the cave where the monster lived 
with her two sisters. He dared not look down 

into the cave at Medusa, for if he had, he too 
would have been turned into stone. So he 
waited until she was asleep, and then flew down, 
watching her reflection in a bright shield which 
Minerva had lent him. 

When he was near enough, he cut off her 
head with one stroke of the sword Harpe. But 
not once did he look at her. 

From the blood that dripped on the ground 
sprang Pegasus, the winged horse which was 
tamed by Minerva and given to the Muses ; and 

106 



which afterward flew up to the heavens, where 
it may now be seen as a constellation. 

Picking up the head, Perseus covered it, and 
flew away. The sisters, shrieki ng madly, pur- 
sued him for some distance. They could not 
107 



see Perseus, for he had on Pluto's cap; but they 
could smell the blood. 

On his way back Perseus came to Atlas, who 
was still holding the world up on his shoulders. 
Perseus asked him for food and a place to rest. 

Atlas refused both, and drove Perseus away. 
The latter uncovered the Gorgon's head. Atlas 
looked at it, and was at once turned into stone. 
108 



As Perseus continued his flight, he passed 
over the African desert. Here the blood which 
dropped from the head fell on the sand. At 
once, deadly snakes came to life, and ever since 
this place has swarmed with them. 

To THE Pupils: 

a is sounded like o; as, what. Place this proper 
diacritical mark under the a in: watch^ wander ^ 
quarrel^ wa^py squashy swan, squad. 

To THE Teacher: 

While you are walking about the room, inspect- 
ing the work of the pupils, call on individuals to 
pronounce their lists of words. 



109 



TWENTIETH EVENING 

"Grandpa, it would hardly be fair to Skinny 
to turn him into stone," said Ben, as he came 
into the room and sat by his sisters. 

"Where would you get the Gorgon's head?" 
asked Grandpa. 

"I can't tell," replied Ben, "until I hear the 
remainder of the story." 

So Grandpa went on : 

When Perseus came to the sea, he found a 
lovely maiden, named Andromeda, chained to a 
rock on the shore. He asked her why she was 
chained there, and she told him that her mother 
had oflFended the sea-nymphs by boasting that 
she was more beautiful than they. In revenge, 
they had sent a dreadful sea-monster to make 
desolate the coast, and to prevent the fishermen 
from getting fish from the sea. 

Only by the sacrifice of Andromeda, it was 
said, could the curse be removed. So there 
she was, awaiting death, when the sea-monster 
should arrive. 

~ 110 



Perseus told Andromeda he would rescue 
her, if she would marry him. To this she agreed. 
So when the monster came, Perseus fought 
and killed it, and left it as a huge black rock in 
the water. 

When the combat was over, he laid the Gor- 
gon's head down on the shore and covered it 
with seaweed. Then he washed away the stains 
of the fight. On taking up the head, he found 
that the poison from it had soaked into the sea 
plants and had turned them into stone. 

The sea-nymphs saw the change, and were 
filled with admiration. They tried the eflFect 
of the head on many other plants, and always 
with the same result, — they were turned into 
stone. 

Seeds from these plants were cast into the 
sea, and from these seeds came coral. 

Andromeda and Perseus went to the royal 
palace, for Andromeda was the daughter of the 
King and Queen of that land, Cepheus and Cas- 
siopeia by name. 

Here a wedding feast was prepared for the 
two, and many guests were invited. 

At the wedding feast while Perseus was telling 
of his adventure, a great noise was heard. It 

111 



was the toamp of armed men, and the clash of 
weapons. 

In rushed, with his armed followers, Phine us, 
who was to have married Andromeda. 

He angrily claimed his bride, but the King 
would not listen to him, saying, *'You left my 
daughter to perish, but Perseus killed the mon- 
ster and rescued her. To him she belongs." 

Then began a dreadful combat. Phineus 
hurled his spear at Perseus, but missed him. 
Perseus and his friends fought like heroes, but 
soon there were but few of them left, though 
there were hundreds of the enemy 

Suddenly Perseus bethought him of the 
head. Warning his friends not to look, he 
uncovered it, and in the twinkling of an eye all 
was changed. As his enemies caught sight of 
the head, in whatever attitude they happened 
to be, they became stone statues; and so the 
great fight ended. 

Perseus claimed his bride, and took her away 
with him to his own land. The sword and san- 
dals he returned to Mercury, the cap he gave 
back to Pluto, while the Gorgon's head was 
placed by Minerva on her shield. 

Afterward, Perseus, Cepheus, Andromeda, 

112 



and Cassiopeia were placed in thd heavens, 
and there their constellations may be seen to 
this day. 

To THE Pupils: 

Desolate means laid waste; a place is desolate 
when it is left solitary as regards human occupation 
and use. Sacrifice means a giving up of some desired 
object for the sake of something else. To rescue 
means to save; combat, fight. Admiration, won- 
der mixed with delight; adventures, exciting hap- 
penings; attitude, position. 

1. Use the defined words in the proper blank 
spaces in the following sentences: (a.) I made a 

of my pleasures that I might have more 

time for knowledge, (b.) I will make the cities of 
Judah , without an inhabitant, (c.) Her- 
cules had many during his travels, (d.) 

We gazed with at Rembrandt's pictures. 

(e.) The fireman d the woman from the 

burning building, (f.) David and Goliath met in 

single . (g.) We should stand in an 

of respect whenever we hear the National 

Anthem, "The Star-Spangled Banner." 

2. Rewrite the next to the last paragraph, using 
synonyms or synonymous expressions for the fol- 
lowing: Claimed his bride; land; returned; gave back; 
was placed. 

To THE Teacher: 

These exercises should be read aloud and 

113 



criticised. The lists of developed synonyms and 
synonymous expressions should be placed on the 
blackboard and copied thence by the pupils in a 
book reserved for this purpose. Each pupil can thus 
make his own Thesaurus of words. 



114 



TWENTY-FIRST EVENING 

The minute the children came in, Grandpa 
said: "I have a pleasant surprise for you. 
Here is a letter from your cousin Tom. Ben, will 
you please read it aloud .f^'' And Grandpa 
handed Ben an envelope with a foreign postage 
stamp on it. 

Ben took the letter, opened it, and read as 
follows : 

Sydney, Australia, 

January 1, 1912. 
My dear Cousins: 

Last evening. Mother received a letter from 

Grandma. The letter stated that Grandma was 

enjoying herself in Holland, and was soon going 

to Germany. 

When Grandma's letter came, it reminded 
me that I owed one to you. 

I wish to thank Ben for Matthew's "Back 
to Hampton Roads," which he sent me a long 
time ago. The book is most interesting, and I 
enjoyed reading it very much. 

The reason I have not written you in such a 
long time is that Father and I have been on. a 
trip to New Zealand. 

115 



You know that New Zealand and Australia 
are close together on the map. You might 
think that a bridge could be built between 
them, such as you have between New York 
and Brooklyn ; or between Omaha and Council 
Bluffs ^ over the Missouri. 

But it can't be done, because the distance 
between the two islands is 1,200 miles, — about 
the distance between New York and Omaha, 



SCALE 1000 II TO SQ. INCH 




MAP OF AUSTRALIA 



Mother says. Mother says, too, that Australia 
is a country of great distances. You know it is 
nearly as large as the United States without 
Alaska. 

We went to New Zealand last summer, sail- 
ing from Sydney on November 5, and arriving 
at Auckland four days after. 

Here Father bought several tons of Kauri 
gum. You know this gum is used in making 

116 



varnish. It is dug out of the ground where, 
ages ago, Kauri trees grew and died. Since 
that time, the trees have been covered by soil. 

I saw some Maoris. Like the Indians of 
your country, the Maoris occupied the land be- 
fore the white man came. There are very few 
of them left. 

At one time rabbits, too, were plentiful 
here. They were so numerous that they be- 
came a great plague — as great as were the rats 
in the time of the Pied Piper. They have now 
been greatly lessened, however. 

After Father had finished his business in 

Auckland, we went to Wellington by train. We 

were there some time before Father was ready 

to leave. Then we sailed for Sydney, where we 

arrived after a very pleasant passage. There 

were some Welsh singers on board, and they 

gave a concert one night. I enclose the words 

and music of the song Father and I liked best. 

It was given me by the leader of the chorus. 

Your loving cousin, 

Tom. 

After the letter had been read and talked 
about. Grandpa picked up the music that Tom 
had sent and looked it over. 

"I know this very well," said he. "Your 
Grandma and I heard 'AH Through the Night' 
for the first time in Wales many years ago. It 
is one of the best known of Welsh songs." 

117 



"Is the music sweet?" asked May. 

"Your Grandma and I both think that the 
words and music are most beautiful, and each 
fits the other." 

"Can't we sing it to-night, Grandpa .f^" 
asked Belle. 

"No, it is too late, Belle. Besides, I want 
you to copy your parts first." 

So each one copied his or her part. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Imagine that you are Tom's cousin, and write 
him a letter, telling him what you are doing in 
school. 

2. Address the envelope. 

3. Rewrite the first paragraph of Tom's letter, 
using synonymous words or terms for last evening; 
received; the letter stated; enjoying herself; was soon 
going. 

To THE Teacher: 

These letters should be collected but not cor- 
rected. Some of the best should be read aloud by 
those who wrote them. Note the suggestions re- 
garding synonyms on p. 114. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



118 



TWENTY-SECOND EVENING 



All were ready with their parts. So Grand- 
pa went to the piano, and they sang the song 
Tom had sent them 

ALL THROUGH THE NIGHT. 



Welsh Folk Song 
Andante 



Arr. by George A. Gartlan 



T) -#-7 



t 



3 



^^^ 



* 



-* 



-r 



\f^ 



-s>- 



1. Sleep, my child, and peace at -tend thee. All thro' the night; 

2. While the moon her watch is keep -ing, All thro' the night; 

3. Hark, a sol - emn bell is ring - ing, Clear thro' the night; 



^^m 



i 



X 



m 



5 



*f 



m 



Guar-dianan - gels God will send thee All thro* the night. 
While the wea - ry world is sleep-ing, All thro' the night; 
Thou, my love, art heav'n-ward wing-ing, Home thro' the night. 



^^te 



— ■± ^ — 






& 



Soft the drow-sy hours are creeping, Hill and vale in sliun-ber steep-ing. 
O'er thy spir - it gen - tly steal-ing. Vis-ions of de- light re - veal - ing, 
Earth-ly dust from off thee shak-en. By good an-gels art thou tak - en. 



te 



Lb I K I ! I J t~ q== 

' i; ; J U I J : ^ 



^m 



t>i 



I my lov - ing vi - gil keep - ing. All thro' the night. 

Breathes a pure and ho - ly feel - ing. All thro' the night. 

Soul im-mor- tal thoushalt wak -en, Home thro' the night. 

119 



To THE Pupils: 

1. Copy the first stanza (eight lines) of "All 
Through the Night." Indent the second, fourth, 
and eighth lines. 

2. Memorize it. 

To THE Teacher: 

The pupils' work (1) should be corrected from 
your work on the blackboard. The second stanza 
should make a second exercise. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



120 



TWENTY-THIRD EVENING 

"Grandpa, what did Tom mean when he 
spoke about the 'Pied Piper?* " asked May. 

"Have you never heard the story, May?" 
asked Grandpa. 

"No, Grandpa," she rephed. 

"Neither have I, Grandpa," said Belle. 

"Nor have I," said Ben. 

"Well, then," said Grandpa, "I suppose I 
must tell it to you." 



The Pied Piper of Hamelin 
A Child's Story 



Hamelin Town's in Brunswick 
By famous Hanover city; 
The River Weser , deep and wide. 
Washes its walls on the southern side; 
A pleasanter spot you never spied; 

But, when begins my ditty, 

Almost five hundred years ago. 
To see the townsfolk suffer so 

From vermin, was a pity. 



Rats! 
They fought the dogs, 
and killed the cats. 
And bit the babies in 

the cradles; 
And ate the cheeses out 
of the vats, 
And lick'd the soup from 
the cooks' own ladles. 

Split open the kegs of salted sprats. 
Made nests inside men's Sunday hats, 
And even spoiled the women's chats. 

By drowning their speaking 

With shrieking and squeaking 
In fifty different sharps and fiats. 
122 



At last the people in a body 

To the Town Hall came flocking: 
'"Tis clear," cried they, "our Mayor's a noddy; 
And as for our Corpor ation — shocking. 
To think we buy gowns lined with ermine 

For dolts that can't or 

won't determine 
What's best to rid us of 

our vermin! 
You hope, because you're 

old and obese. 
To find in the furry civic 

robe ease? 
Rouse up, Sirs ! Give 

your brains a racking 
To find the remedy we're 
lacking, 

- --cr-i Or> sure as fate, we'll send 

you packing!" 
At this the Mayor and Corporation 
Quaked with a mighty consternation. 



An hour they sate in coimcil. 

At length the Mayor broke silence: 

"For a guilder I'd my ermine gown sell, 
I wish I were a mile hence! 

It's easy to bid one rack one's brain — 

I'm sure my poor head aches again, 
123 



I've scratched it so, and all in vain. 
Oh, for a trap, a trap, a trap!" 
Just as he said this, what should hap 
At the chamber door but a gentle tap? 

"Bless us,'* cried the Mayor, "what's that?" 
(With the Corporation as he sat. 
Looking little, though wondrous fat; 
Nor brighter was his eye, nor moister 
Than a too-long-opened oyster, 
Save when at noon his paunch grew mutinous 
For a plate of turtle green and glutinous) 
"Only a scraping of shoes on the mat? 
Anything like the sound of a rat 
Makes my heart go pit-a-pat!" 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Weser (va' zer), a river in Germany. Ditty 
means a song; vermin, harmful little animals or 
insects; as rats, mice, flies, bugs, etc.; ladle, a 
large, cup-like spoon with a long handle; sprats, 
small fish; corporation, the Mayor and alder- 
men; obese, fat; furry, civic robe, the robe of 
office; guilder, a coin worth about forty cents; 
paunch, the stomach; remedy, cure; consterna- 
tion, fright. 

2. Use each of the two last defined words in 
either one or the other of the two following sentences : 

Fresh air is a for many ills. 

There was great in the city, at 

the first shock of the earthquake. 

3. Mutinous, glutinous. You know the mean- 
ing of the suffix ous. Mutiny, the stem of the first 

124 



word, means an outbreak against lawful authority. 
Gluten, the stem of the second, means glue'. De- 
fine each word. 

To THE Teacher: 

These exercises may be oral. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



125 



TWENTY-FOURTH EVENING 

It had rained hard all day. The snow was 
melting rapidly. The wind was high, and 
underfoot it was slushy. No one was out of 
doors, except those whose business took them 
out, and those were but few. 

The children were very quiet when they 
came in and found Grandpa reading. 

"Oh, but it has been a lonely day. Grandpa. 
Belle and May have been visiting Alice," said 
Ben, as Grandpa laid aside his book. 

"And you have been lonesome, laddie. Is 
that it? I have felt that way myself, and that 
is why sometimes I like to read 

February Rain. 

O lonely day: No sounds are heard 

Save winds and floods that downward pour, 

And timid fluting of a bird, 

That pipes one low note o'er and o'er. 

Before the blast the bare "frees lean. 
The ragged clouds sail low and gray. 

And all the wild and wintry scene 
Is but one blur of driving spray. 

126 



O day most meet for memories, 

For musing by a vacant hearth 
On that which was and that which is, 

And those who walk no more on earth! 

And yet this dark and dreary day 
Some brighter lesson still can bring. 

For it is herald of the May, 
A faint foretoken of the Spring. 

Beneath the ceaseless-beating rain 
Earth's snowy shroud disappears. 

As sorrow pressing on the brain 
Fades in a flood of happy tears. 

And thus in darkness oft is wrought, 
Through lonely days of tears and grief, 

The gradual change by which is brought 
To shadowed lives some sweet relief. 

— Charles Turner Dazey* 

"But Jupiter Pluvius^ can't make it rain 
indoors, and we certainly can't be lonesome 
when we're together. Let us go on with the 
Pied Piper, and to-morrow evening Belle and 
May can tell us about their visit." 

And Grandpa continued the story: 



"Come in!" — the Mayor cried, looking bigger: 
And in did come the strangest figure! 
His queer long coat from heel to head 

m 



Was half of yellow and half of red; 
And he himself was tall and thin, 
With sharp blue eyes, each like a pin. 
And light loose hair, yet swarthy skin, 
No tuft on cheek nor beard on chin. 
But lips where smiles went out and in; 
There was no guessing his kith and kin: 
And nobody could enough admire 
The tall man and his quaint attire. 
Quoth one: "It's as my great-grandsire. 
Starting up at the Trump of Doom's tone. 
Had walked this way from his painted tombstone! 

VI 

He advanced to the council-table: 

And, "Please your honors," said he, "I'm able. 

By means of a secret charm, to draw 

All creatures living beneath the sun. 

That creep or swim or fly or run. 

After me as you never saw! 

And I chiefly use my charm 

On creatures that do people harm. 

The mole and toad and newt and viper; 

And people call me the Pied Piper." 

(And here they noticed round his neck 

A scarf of red and yellow stripe. 

To match with his coat of the self -same check; 

And at the scarf's end hung a pipe; 

And his fingers, they noticed, were ever straying 

As if impatient to be playing 

Upon this pipe, as low it dangled 

Over his vesture so old-fangled.) 



»» 



"Yet," said he, "poor piper as I am. 

In Tartary I freed the Cham , 

Last June, from his huge swarms of gnats; 

I eased in Asia the Nizam 

Of a monstrous brood of vampire-bats; 

And as for what your brain bewi lders, — 

K I can rid your town of rats, 

Will you give me a thousand guilders?" 

"One? Fifty thousand!" was the exclamation 

Of the astonished Mayor and Corporation. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Herald means a messenger; swarthy, dark; 
kith and kin, relations; quoth, said; bewilder, 
to confuse; vesture, clothing; Cham of Tartary, 
a ruler in Asia; Nizam (ni'zam), a ruler in India; 
vampire-bats, blood-sucking bats. 

2. Use properly one of the first five defined words 
in one of the following sentences: (a.) The hepatica 

is a of spring. (b.) "The poor boy had 

neither nor . All his relatives had died 

within the year." (c.) "Spaniards, as a rule, have 

complexions." (d.) "So great was the noise, 

bustle, and confusion of the great city, that it 

ed one." (e.) " the Raven, 

'Nevermore.' " 

3. Pronounce ar' my. The " used this way in- 
dicates the Italian a. Mark the a in the follow- 
ing, and pronounce when called upon: Harp, party, 
market, pardon, garden, harness, starch, scarlet, 
harden, darting. 

To THE Teacher: 

The second exercise may be oral. 

129 



TWENTY-FIFTH EVENING 

No sooner had the children come in than 
Grandpa said, "Now for your story. Belle." 

So Belle began: "You see, Grandpa, this 
was just a girls' party. That's the reason Ben 
wasn't asked. And May and I were the only 
girls asked. They have so many kittens — a 
whole house full, I guess — that there was no 
room for any more girls." 

"How did you and May enjoy yourselves?" 
asked Grandpa. 

"Oh, splendidly! We played house, and 
each of us had a kitten for a doll," said Belle. 
130 



"Oh, yes, Grandpa,'* broke in May, "that 
was such fun. And then we made fudge and 
ate it, all except some we brought home for you 
and Ben/' 

"Thank you. That was very thoughtful," 
said Grandpa. 

"Alice showed us a very funny letter which 
she had just been reading in a book," said Belle. 
"We laughed at it, and I asked Alice if we might 
bring it home, so that you and Ben could read it." 

Grandpa took the book, and read as follows: 

Eastbourne, September 17, 1893.* 

Oh, you naughty, naughty little culprit ! If 
only I could fly ..... . with a handy little stick 

(ten feet long and four inches thick is my 
favorite size), how I would rap your wicked 
httle knuckles. 

But how badly you do spell your words! I 
was so puzzled about the "sacks full of love and 
baskets full of kisses!" But at last I made out 
why; of course, you meant a "sack full of gloves, 
and a basket full of kittens!" Then I under- 
stood what you were sending me. And just 
then Mrs. Dyer came in to tell me a large sack 
and a basket had come. There was such a 



*Prom "The Stoiy of Lewis Carroll*' by Isa Bowman. 

131 



miauwing in the house, as if all the cats in East- 
bourne had come to see me! "Oh, just open 
them, please, Mrs. Dyer, and count the things 
in them!'* 

So, in a few minutes, Mrs. Dyer came and 
said: ''Five himdred pairs of gloves in the sack 
and two hundred and fifty kittens in the 
basket.'' 

"Dear me! That makes a thousand gloves! 
Four times as many gloves as kittens! It's 
very kind of Maggie, but why did she send so 
many gloves? For I haven't a thousand hands, 
you know, Mrs. Dyer." 

And Mrs. Dyer said, "No indeed, you're 
nine hundred and ninety eight hands short of 
that!" 

However, the next day I made out what to 
do. I took the basket with me and walked oflf 
to the parish school — the girls' school, you know 
— and I said to the mistress, "How many Uttle 
girls are there at school to-day?" 

"Exactly two hundred fifty. Sir." 

"And have they all been very good all day?" 

"As good as gold. Sir." 

So I waited outside the door with my basket, 
and as each little girl came out, I just popped a 
soft little kitten into her hands! Oh, what joy 
there was! The little girls all went dancing 
home, hugging their kittens, and the whole air 
was full of purring! 

132 



Then, the next morning, I went to the school, 
before it opened, to ask the little girls how the 
kittens had behaved in the night. And they all 
arrived sobbing and crying, and their faces 
and hands were all covered with scratches, 
and they had the kittens wrapped up in their 
pinafores to keep them from scratching any 
more. And they sobbed dut, "The kittens have 
been scratching us all night, all the night." 

So then I said to myself , "What a nice little 
girl Maggie is. Now I see why she sent all 
those gloves, and why there are four times as 
many gloves as kittens!'' And I said aloud 
to the Uttle girls, "Never mind, my dear chil- 
dren, do your lessons very nicely, and don't 
cry any more, and when school is over, you'll 
find me at the door, and you shall see what you 
shall see!" 

So, in the evening, when the little girls came 
running out, with the kittens still wrapped up 
in their aprons, there was I, at the door, with 
a big sack. And as each little girl came out, I 
just popped into her hand two pairs of gloves ! 
And each little girl unrolled her pinafore and 
took out an angry little kitten, spitting and 
snarling, with its claws sticking out like a 
hedgehog. But it hadn't time to scratch, for 
m a moment, it found all its four claws popped 
into nice soft warm gloves! And then the 
kittens got quite sweet -tempered and gentle, 
and began purring again! 

133 



So the little girls went dancing home again, 
and the next morning they came dancing back 
to school. The scratches were all healed, and 
they told me: "The kittens have been good!" 

And, when any kitten wants to catch a 
mouse, it just takes oflF one of its gloves; and if 
it wants to catch two mice, it takes oflF two 
gloves; and if it wants to catch three mice, it 
takes oflF three gloves; and if it wants to catch 
four mice, it takes oflP all its gloves. 

But the moment they've caught the mice, 
they pop their gloves on again, because they 
know we can't love them without their gloves. 
For, you see, "gloves" have got "love" inside 
them — there's none outside ! 

So all the Uttle girls said, "Please thank 
Maggie, and we send her two hundred fifty 
loves and a thousand kisses in return for her two 
hundred fifty kittens and her thousand gloves!" 

Your loving old Uncle 

C. L. D. 

"A deUghtful letter," said Grandpa, "but 
we are neglecting the Pied Piper." 

So he went on with his story: 

VII 

Into the street the Piper stept. 

Smiling first a little smile. 
As if he knew what magic slept 

In his quiet pipe the while; 

134 



Then, like a musical adept. 

To blow the pipe his lips he wrinkled. 

And green and blue his sharp eyes twinkled. 

Like a candle-flame where salt is sprinkled; 

And ere three shrill notes the pipe uttered, 

You heard as if an army muttered; 

And the muttering grew to a grumbling; 

And the grumbling grew to a mighty rumbling; 

And out of the houses the rats came tumbling: 

Great rats, small rats, lean rats, brawny rats, 

Brown rats, black rats, gray rats, tawny rats, 
Families by tens and dozens. 

Brothers, sisters, husbands, wives — 

Followed the Pij>er for their 
lives. 

From street to street he 
piped advancing, 

And step for step they fol- 
lowed dancing, 

Until they came to the river 
Weser, 

Wherein all plunged and per- 
ished ! — 

Save one who, stout as Julius 

Cfeaar, ~ '^^™'" 

Swam across and lived to carry 

(As he, the manuscript he cherished) 

To Rat-land home bis commentary . 

Which was: "At the first shrill notes of the pipe, 

I heard a sound as of scraping tripe. 

And putting apples, wondrous ripe, 

Into a cider-press's gripe, — 
135 



And a moving away of pickle-tub boards. 
And a leaving ajar of conserve-cupboards, 
And the drawing the corks of train-oil flasks. 
And a breaking the hoops of butter-casks; 
And it seemed as if a voice 
(Sweeter far than by harp or by psaltery 
Is breathed) called out, 'Oh rats, rejoice! 
The world is grown to one vast drysaltery! 
So munch on, crunch on, take your nuncheon. 
Breakfast, supper, dinner, luncheon!' 
And just as a bulky sugar-puncheon. 
Already staved, like a great sun shone 
Glorious scarce an inch before me. 
Just as methought it said, 'Come, bore me!' 
— I found the Weser rolling o'er me." 

VIII 

You should have heard the Hamelin people 
Ringing the bells till they rocked the steeple; 
"Go," cried the Mayor, "and get long poles! 
Poke out the nests and block up the holes! 
Consult with carpenters and builders. 
And leave in our town not even a trace 
Of the rats!" — when suddenly, up the face 
Of the Piper perked in the market-place. 
With a "First, if you please, my thousand guilders! 



99 



To THE Pupils: 

1. Culprit, one guilty of a fault; a musical 
adept, a skilful musician. (Note the resemblance 
between adept and apt.) Julius Caesar, a Roman 
ruler who said: "Let me have men about me that 

136 



are fat." Manuscript, something written; com- 
mentary, a brief account; psaltery, a stringed 
instrument of music, used in Biblical days; 
nuncheon, another name for luncheon; bulky, 
large; puncheon, a large cask holding three or 
four barrels; a stave is one of the strips out of 
which the sides of a barrel are made; perked, 
peered, looked inquisitively. 

2. Copy group 26 of the Vocabulary (see the end 
of the book), syllabicating, and marking the ac- 
cented syllable. 

8. Suppose the letter had been for you. 
How should the envelope enclosing it have been 
addressed? 

4. Copy the paragraph, p. 131, beginning, "Oh, 
yes. Grandpa." 

To THE Teacher: 

Read to your pupils from Act I., Scene 2, of 
Julius Csesar, lines 180 to 216 inclusive. 



137 



TWENTY-SIXTH EVENING 

"Oh, Grandpa! We saw a flock of such 
pretty birds as we came home from school to- 
day/* exclaimed Belle, as the children came 
skipping in. 

"Yes? What were they Uke?'* 

"They were Uttle birds about as big as 
sparrows, and of a dark slate color, except 
for an apron of white, which went from the 
breast all the way backward,*' explained Belle. 

"Did you notice what they were feeding on? ** 
was Grandpa's next inquiry. 

"Oh, they were pecking away at something, 
I couldn't tell what," was Belle's reply. 

"I noticed what they were feeding on," said 
Ben. "They were eating the seed of weeds 
that grow by the wayside." 

"One more question ," went on Grandpa. 
"I wonder if May noticed their tail feathers?" 

"Oh, yes, Grandpa. When we got near 
them, they flew away, and I saw that their out- 

138 



side tail feathers were white, — white as snow. 
Grandpa." 

"Those were juncos, children, sometimes 
called snowbirds. They are on their way north, 
to Canada , where they will build their nests and 
raise their families. Then in the fall they will 
come back to us." 

"Will they stay all the winter?" asked Ben. 

*'Only when the snow is not too deep," was 
the reply. "Otherwise, they could not get at 
the seed they hve on. The junco is as success- 
ful in getting rid of weeds as was the Pied 
139 



Piper in getting rid of rats, .though in a diflPerent 
way/' 

"Oh, the Pied Piper!'* exclaimed May. 
"We are so interested in the j uncos that we are 
forgetting him/' 

"Shall I go on with his story?" asked 
Grandpa. 

The children all said, "Please do," so Grand- 
pa went on: 

IX 

A thousand guilders! The Mayor looked blue; 

So did the Corporation too. 

For council dinners made rare havoc 

With Claret, Moselle, Vin-de-Grave, Hock; 

And half the money would replenish 

Their cellar's biggest butt with Rhenish. 

To pay this sum to a wandering fellow 

With a gipsy coat of red and yellow! 

"Beside," quoth the Mayor^ with a knowing wink, 

"Our business was done at the river's brink; 

We saw with our eyes the vermin sink. 

And what's dead can't come to life, I think. 

So, friend, we're not the folks to shrink 

From the duty of giving you something for drink. 

And a matter of money to put in your poke; 

But as for the guilders, what we spoke 

Of them, as you very well know, was in joke. 

Beside, our losses have made us thrifty; 

A thousand guilders! Come, take fifty!" 

140 



The Piper's face fell, and he cried, 
"No trifling! I can't wait! beside, 

I've promised to visit by din- 
ner time 

Bagdad , and a ccept the prime 

Of the Head Cook's pottage, 
all he's rich in, 

For having left, in the Caliph's 
kitchen, 

Of a nest of scorpions no sur 
vivor : 

With him I proved no bargain- 
driver; 

With you, don't think I'll bate 
a stiver ! 
=™™™™ And folks who put me in a 

8COBPI0N *^ 

passion 
May find me pipe after another fashion." 



"How?" cried the Mayor, "d'ye think I'll brook 

Being worse treated than a Cook? 

Insulted by a lazy ribald 

With idle pipe and vesture piebald? 

You threaten us, fellow? Do your worst, 

Blow yoiu- pipe there till you burst!" 



Once more he stept into the street* 
And to his lips again 
141 



Laid his long pipe of smooth straight cane; 

And ere he blew three notes (such sweet 
Soft notes as yet musician's cunning 

Never gave the enraptured air) 
There was a rustling that seemed like a bustling 
Of merry crowds justling at pitching and hustling; 
Small feet were pattering, wooden shoes clattering, 
Little hands clapping, and little tongues chattering; 
And, like fowls in a farm-yard when barley is scat- 
tering. 
Out came the children running: 
All the little boys and girls. 
With rosy cheeks and flaxen curls, . 
And sparkling eyes and teeth like pearls, 
Tripping and skipping, ran merrily after 
The wonderful music with shouting and laughter. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Replenish means to refill; thrifty, careful, 
saving; Caliph of Bagdad, the ruler of a city in 
Turkey; stiver a coin worth two cents; ribald, 
a low, vulgar fellow; piebald, having spots or 
patches of black or white, pied; threaten, defy, 
abuse; enraptured, delighted beyond measure. 

2. Replace the dashes in the following sen- 
tences with the right words: 

(a.) The miraculous pitcher ed 

itself, 
(b.) Benjamin Franklin was a 

man. 
(c.) The clown in the circus rode a 

horse. 

14^ 



(d.) We are not to go to the pond if the 
weather looks ing. 

3. Place the proper diacritical marks over the 
vowel a in the following: Same, ratty praisCy all, saw^ 
liavy arty what. 

4. Arrange the words in the poetry on page 140 
alphabetically, according to the directions you will 
find on p. 90. 

To THE Teacher: 

Have the papers corrected from a pupil's work 
on the blackboard. 



143 



TWENTY-SEVENTH EVENING 

Belle and May were chatting wiUi Grandpa 
when Ben came in, eyes sparkling and cheeks 
aglow. 



"What a gusty day it has been! I have 
been walking very fast, but once or twice the 
wind was so strong, it almost stopped me." 

"Gusty March, Ben. Suppose I tell you 
what the poet Bryant says of it?" 
144 



March 

The stormy March has come at last, 

With winds, and clouds, and changing skies; 

I hear the rushing of the blast 

That through the snowy valley flies. 

Ah, passing few are they who speak, 
Wild, stormy month! in praise of thee; 

Yet, though thy winds are loud and bleak, 
Thou art a welcome month to me. 

For thou, to northern lands, again 
The glad and glorious sun dost bring, 

And thou hast joined the gentle train. 
And wear'st the gentle name of spring. 

And, in thy reign of blast and storm. 
Smiles many a long, bright, sunny day. 

When the changed winds are soft and warm, 
And heaven puts on the blue of May. 

Thou bring'st the hope of those calm skies 
And that soft time of sunny showers. 

When the wide bloom, on earth that lies. 
Seems of a brighter world than ours. 

— From the Poems of William Cullen Bryant, 
"published by D. Appleton <& Co., N. Y. 

After Grandpa finished Bryant's poem, he 
went on with Browning's: 

XIII 

The Mayor was dumb, and the Council stood 
As if they were changed into blocks of wood, 

145 



PIPEB AND CHILDBGN 



Unable to move a step, or cry 

To the children merrily skipping by, — 

And could only follow with the eye 

That joyous crowd at the Piper's back. 

But how the Mayor was on the rack. 

And the wretched Council's bosom beat. 

As the Piper turned from the High Street 

To where the Weser rolled its waters 

Right in the way of their sons and daughters 

However, he turned from South to West, 

And to Koppelberg Hill his steps addressed, 

And after him the children pressed; 

Great was the joy in every breast. 

"He never can cross that mighty top! 

He*s forced to let the piping drop, 

And we shall see our children stop!" 

When, lo, as they reached the mountain-side, 

A wondrous portal opened wide. 

As if a cavern was suddenly hollowed; 

And the Piper advanced and the children followed; 

And when all were in, to the very last. 

The door in the mountain-side shut fast. 

Did I say, all? No! One was lame, 

And could not dance the whole of the way; 

And in after years, if you would blame 

ffis sad ness , he was used to say, — 

"It's dull in our town since my playmates left! 

I can't forget that I'm bereft 

Of all the pleasant sights they see. 

Which the Piper also promised me; 

For he led us, he said, to a joyous land, 

Joining the town and just at hand, 

147 



Where waters gushed, and fruit trees grew, 

And flowers put forth a f au-er hue. 

And everything was strange and new; 

The sparrows were brighter than peacocks here. 

And their dogs outran our fallow deer. 

And honey-bees had lost their stings, 

And horses were born with eagles' wings; 

And just as I became assured 

My lame foot would be speedily cured. 

The music stopped and I stood still. 

And found myself outside the Hill, 

Left alone against my will. 

To go now limping as before, 

And never hear of that country more!" 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Bereft means deprived, stripped; fallow 
deer, a European deer much smaller than our red 
one. 

2. Be prepared to use the following in sentences: 

put forth saw him 

last evening broad road 

four dozen sweet honey 

her son is bereft 

To THE Teacher: 

This exercise should be oral. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



148 



TWENTY-EIGHTH EVENING 

No sooner were the children seated, thai\ 
Grandpa began, as he had to leave early to meet 
Mr. Dickens. 

XIV 

Alas, alas for Hamelin! 

There came into many a burgher's pate 

A text which says that Heaven's Gate 

Opes to the rich at as easy rate 
As the needle's eye takes a camel in! 
The Mayor sent East, West, North, and South, 
To offer the Piper, by word of mouth. 

Wherever it was men's lot to find him. 
Silver and gold to his heart's content, 
K he'd only return the way he went. 

And bring the children behind him. . 
But when they saw 'twas a lost endeavor. 
And Piper and dancers were gone forever. 
They made a decree that lawyers never 

Should think their records dated duly 
If, after the day of the month and year. 
These words did not as well appear: 
"And so long after what happened here 

On the Twenty-second of July, 
Thirteen hundred and seventy-six." 

149 



And the better in memory to fix 
The place of the children's last retreat. 
They called it, the Pied Piper's Street — 
Where any one playing on pipe or tabor 
Was sure for the future to lose his labor. 
Nor suffered they hostelry or tavern 

To shock with mirth a street so solemn; 
• But opposite the place of the cavern 

They wrote the story on a column. 
And on the great church-window painted 
The same, to make the world acquainted 

How their children 
were stolen away; 
And there it stands 
to this very day. 
And I must not 

omit to say 
That in Transylva- 
nia there's a tribe 
Of alien people who 

ascribe 




TABOB 



The outlandish ways 
and dress 
On which their neighbors lay such stress. 
To their fathers and mothers having risen 
Out of some subterranean prison 
Into which they were trepanned 
Long time ago in a mighty band 
Out of Hamelin town in Brunswick land. 
But how or why, they don't understand. 

150 



XV 

So, Willy, let you and me be wipers 

Of scores out with all men — especially pipers ! 

And, whether they pipe us free from rats or from 

mice. 
If we've promised them aught, let us keep our 



promise ! 



— Robert Browning 



To THE Pupils: 

1. Burgher, one who lives in a borough or city; 
endeavor 9 attempt; a decree, a law; records, 
law writings; duly, properly; hostelry, hotel; 
alien, foreign, not native; ascribe, give as a cause 
of, refer to; subterranean, under ground; tre- 
panned, cheated, snared. Transylvania, a prov- 
ince of Hungary near Germany; aught, anything. 

2. Turn to group 15 of the Vocabulary (near the 
end of the book). Copy the words of this group, 
syllabicating, and marking the accented syllables. 

To THE Teacher: 

If the children have dictionaries, let them com- 
pare their papers with the dictionaries; if not, let 
the blackboard take the place of the dictionary. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



151 



TWENTY- NINTH EVENING 

Grandpa had a treat ready for the young- 
sters, — maple sugar. 

So, when the children came in, he handed 
the plateful of sugar to May, with the remark, 
*'Be you Hebe, and bear the nectar to the gods." 

May could only guess at Grandpa's meaning. 
Taking the plate in her hand, she started toward 
Ben. As she did so, she stubbed her toe, stum- 
bled slightly, and some of the sugar fell on the 
floor. 

"Oh, ho!" said Grandpa. "Must we get a 
Ganymede instead of our Hebe?" 

Recovering her balance. May passed the plate 
to Belle and Ben. After they had helped them- 
selves with a "Thank you very much," she 
placed it on the table. 

Turning then to Grandpa, she said, "Please 
tell me what you mean by Hebe and that other 
long name. Grandpa, won't you?" 

"Certainly, my child," was the reply, "let 
me tell you a story about them." 

15a 



Hebe, the goddess of Youth, was beautiful 
beyond description. 

She was cup-bearer to the gods. To hand 
out the dehcious nectar was her duty, and this 
she did with a grace and daintiness all her own. 

But, alas ! on one occasion she stumbled and 
some of the precious nectar fell upon the marble 
floor. 

Then was she in disgrace, and, although a 
daughter of Jupiter and Jimo, she could serve 
the gods no longer. 

Jupiter looked for another cup-bearer. In 
his search, he took the form of an eagle, and flew 
over one country and another, until he came to 
Troy in Greece. 

Here he espied a youth who was most 
fair to look upon, Ganymede, son of the Trojan 
King. Jupiter carried this boy to Olympus, there 
to be cup-bearer to the gods. 

*'Wh<>:|y^ill be your Ganymede the next time 
you want something passed?" asked May. 

''I am different from the gods. May. Some- 
times I shall use Hebe, sometimes Ganymede. 
The Ganymede must be Ben." 

The children had been eating while Grandpa 
was talking. When he finished, May said, 

154 



"Yum! yum! Grandpa. That sugar is very 
good. Where do they get it?" 

"Suppose I tell you the story of how the 
Indians gather it, as told by Obiyesa in Indian 
Boyhood ^?" 

An Indian Sugar Camp 

With the first March thaw, the thoughts of 
the Indian women of my childhood days turned 
to the annual sugar-making. 

This industry was chiefly followed by the old 
men, the women, and the children . . . the 
rest of the tribe went out on the spring fur-hunt 
at this season, leaving us at home to make the 
sugar. 

The first and most important of the neces- 
sary utensils were the huge iron and brass 
kettles for boiUng. Everything else could be 
made, but these must be bought, begged, or 
borrowed. 

A maple tree was felled and a log canoe hol- 
lowed out of it, into which the sap was to be 
gathered. 

Little troughs of basswood and birchen 

* Courtesy of the author, Charles A. Eastman (Obiyesa), and his 
publishers, McClure, Phillips & Co. Copyright by McClure, Phillips 
&Co. 

155 



basins were also made, to receive the small drops 
as they trickled down the tree. 

As soon as these labors were done, we all 
pro ceede d to the bark sugar house, which stood 
in a fine grove of maples on the banks of the 
Minnesota River. 

We found this hut partially filled with the 
snows of winter and the withered leaves of the 
preceding autumn, and it must be cleared for our 
use. 

In the meantime a tent was pitched outside, 
for a few days' use. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Obiyesa is Sioux for "the one who wins," the 
victor; annual means yearly; industry, labor; 
utensils, things that are used; trough (tr6f), a 
long, hollow vessel. 

2. Write the plurals of the following: Plateful, 
toe, plate, child, goddess, duty, occasion, search, 
eagle, country. 

3. Thus far you have used two kinds of sentences : 
statements and questions; as, "May said some- 
thing," and "What did May sayT^ 

As the first statement declares something, we 
call it a declarative sentence. The second sentence, 
because it asks a question, we call an interrogative 
sentence. 

156 



What mark is placed after the first? After the 
second? 

If you will look at the two given sentences, you 
will see that each contains a single complete thought. 
In other words, nothing has to be added to either 
to make you understand it. 

4. How many sentences are there in the para- 
graph on page 154, beginning "The children had 
been eatmg," and what kind are they? . 

To THE Teacher: 

Elaborate on this point, by presenting many 
examples carefully chosen from the pupils* readers. 
Select, first, sentences with no modifying elements; 
then, others showing a gradual increase in the num- 
ber of modifiers. 



157 



1 

i 

111 



1 
■ ■ I 

;ii 



,i = 



THIRTIETH EVENING 

The children were sitting around the table, 
waiting for Grandpa to come in. 

All were reading, — Ben a paper, and each 
girl a book. 

Suddenly Ben looked up with a chuckle, 
and said, "Here, girls, is a very funny ^ory in 
this paper. You'll like it. May. Listen," and 
Ben read from the paper the following: 

A Pertinent Question 

There are great men who cannot spell, and small 
people who follow in their footsteps. "Spell cat," 
said the teacher to the boy at the tail end of the 
class. "K-a-t," replied the boy. "Silly," repUed 
the teacher. "Can't you spell cat?"" "Well," in- 
quired the little fellow, "what does k-a-t spell?" 

"It spells cat, of course," said Grandpa, who 
had just come in. "But not the right kind of 
cat. Let us stick to the old-fashioned c-a-t, 
cat. Let me see. Where were we in ^Indian 
Boyhood'? Ah, here it is," and Grandpa read 



on: 



158 



The snow was still deep in the woods, with a 
hard crust upon which we could easily walk, 
for we usually walked to the sugar house before 
the sap had actually started, the better to com- 
plete our preparat ions 

My grandmother worked like a beaver in 
those days (or rather like a muskr at, as the 
Indians say; for this industrious Uttle animal 
collects as many as 
six or eight bushels 
of edible roots for 
the winter, only 
to be robbed of 
his store by some 
of our people). 
If there was a 
prospect of a good 
sugaring season, 
she made a second 
and even a third 
canoe to contain 

the sap. These „^^, 

canoes were after- 
ward used by the hunters for their proper 
purpose. 

During our last sugar-making in Minnesota, 
my grandmother was at work upon a canoe 
with her ax, while a young aunt of mine stood by. 
159 



We boys were gathered in the large, oval 
sugar house, busy making arrows for the killing 
of the rabbits and chipmunks, which we knew 
would come in numbers to drink the sap. 

The birds also were begiiming to retxmi, and 
the cold storms of March would drive them to 
our door. 

I was too young 
then to do much 
more than look on; 
but I entered fully 
into the spirit of 
the occasion, and 
rejoiced to see the 
bigger boys indus- 
triously sharpen 
their arrows, rest- 
ing them against 
the long sticks 
which were burn- 
ing in the fire, and occasionally cutting a chip 
from the stick. 

In their eagerness they paid little attention 
to this, although they well knew that it was 
strict^ forbidden to touch a knife to a burning 
ember. 

Suddenly, loud screams were heard from 
160 



without, and we all rushed out to see what was 
the matter. 

It was a serious afiFair. My grandmother's 
ax had sUpped and nearly cut ofiF three of the 
fingers of my aunt. 

As we ran out, the old lady, who had al- 
ready noticed and reproved our carelessness with 
the burning embers, pursued us with loud scold- 
ings and threats of a whipping. 

This will seem strange to my readers, but it 
is easily explained by the Indian behef, which 
holds that such an offence as we had committed 
is always punished by the accidental cutting 
of some member of the family. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. The suffixes ling and let mean little. At the 
top of your paper write the words stem and suffix. 
Then separate each of the following words into its 
stem and suffix and place them in the proper col- 
umns: eaglet, duckling, otvlet, plantlet, gosling, 
troutlet, swanlet, kinglet. 

2. Make a second arrangement of these words 
alphabetically, syllabicating each word, and mark- 
ing the accented syllable. 

3. Make sentences by telling what the following 

animals do: The goose . The 

cat . The trout . The 

rats . The horse , 

162 



4. Write at the top of your paper, left hand side, 
the word Names; opposite, and to the right, the 
word Do. 

Then under the first word, write the names of ten 
animals, and opposite each, in the second column, 
what it does; as. Owls hoot. 

5. Write the word which is the name of: 
(a.) Water falling from a cloud. 

(b.) One who swims. 

(c.) One who runs. 

(d.) A number of sheep. 

(e.) A number of cows. 

(f .) Frozen moisture from the clouds. 

To THE Teacher: 

No. 3 may be oral, and should be extended. 



163 



THIRTYFIRST EVENING 

"What is the name of the game your class 
was playing in the Gymnasium this morning, 
Ben?" asked Belle. 

"It is a new game called 'Flank Tag/" 
rephed Ben. 

"Flank tag! flank tag! That sounds as if a 
soldier might have planned it. How do you 
play it?" asked Grandpa. 

"Mr. Dickens picked out two fellows, one a 
runner and the other a chaser." 

"That's just plain, every-day tag so far," 
interrupted May. 

"But that isn't all," was Ben's reply. 
"The other forty-eight fellows were arranged in 
six lines, forty-four inches ^.part." 

"Six ranks of eight files each is what we 
soldiers call your formation, Ben," said Grandpa. 
"Make a drawing, so the girls can understand 
you." 

164 



So Ben drew: 



North 



% 



% 



mt 



% 



% 



i 



5 



^ 



% 



% 



^ 



i 



^ 



South 



^ 






East 



i 



"After we had formed, facing west, we joined 
hands right and left. Through the aisles thus 
made the runner ran, with it after hi"^^ 

"The runner has to go through the aisles, 
while IT tries to tag him. When he is tagged, 
two other boys are chosen by the teacher, and 
the four change places. 

"Now and then, our teacher would give the 
order, * Right y face!' When this order was car- 
ried out, we were facing north, instead of 
west. 

"Sometimes we marched, while it was tiy- 

165 



ing to catch the runner. When Mr. Dickens 
wished us to change direction, he gave us a dif- 
ferent order : ' By the right {or left) flanky march ! ' 

''We had plenty of fun with it, Grandpa," 
concluded Ben. 

"I should think you could get plenty of fun 
out of it," said Grandpa. "You have to think 
and act quickly. But suppose we go from Flank 
Tag to sugar-making.?" 

"Oh, yes. Grandpa," said the children, "do 
go on with that." 

And Grandpa went on with the story of 
Obiyesa : 

My grandmother did not confine herself to 
canoe-making. 

. She also collected a good store of fuel, for she 
would not have much time to gather wood when 
the sap began to flow. 

Presently the weather grew warmer and the 
snow began to melt. The month of April 
brought showers, which carried most of the 
snow into the Minnesota River. 

Now the women began to test the trees, 
moving leisurely among them, ax in hand, and 
striking a single quick blow, to see if the sap 

would appear 

166 



Now one of the birchen basins was set under 
each tree, and a hardwood chip driven deep into 
the cut which the ax had made. From the cor- 
ners of this chip — at first drop by drop, then 
more freely — the sap trickled into the little 
dishes. 

It is usual to make sugar from maples, but 
several other trees were also tapped by the 
Indians. From the birch and ash was made a 
dark-colored sugar, with a somewhat bitter 
taste, which was used for medicine. The box 
elder yielded a beautiful white sugar, whose only 
fault was that there was never enough of it ! 

A long fire was now made in the sugar house, 
and a row of brass kettles hung over the blaze. 
The sap was collected by the women in tin or 
birchen buckets and poured into the canoes, 
from which the kettles were kept well filled. 

The hearts of the boys beat high when they 
heard the welcome hissing sound of the boiling 
sap! 

Each boy claimed one kettle for his especial 
charge. It was his duty to see that the fire 
was kept up under it, to watch lest it should 
boil over, and finally when the sap became syrup , 
to test it upon the snow, dipping it out with a 
wooden paddle. 

167 



So often did he make these tests, that for 
the first day he ate nearly all that could be 
made; and it was not imtil the sweetness began 
to pall, that my grandmother set herself in ear- 
nest to store up sugar for future use. 

She made it into cakes of diflFerent forms in 
birchen molds, and sometimes in hollow canes 
or reeds, and the bills of ducks and geese, — 
some of it was powdered and packed away in 
rawhide cases. 

Being an economical woman, she did not 
give it to us after the first month or so, except 
upon special occasions; and it was thus made 
to last the year around. 

The smaller candies were kept as an occa- 
sional treat for the Kttle fellows. The sugar was 
eaten at feasts with wild rice or parched corn, 
and also with pounded dried meat. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Arrange the names of the following animals 
in a column; opposite each, write the names of the 
young of that animal ; and, finally, place a heading 
over each column: 

Sheep, hen, owl, swan, man, cow, horse, frog, 
duck, eagle, goat, goose, dog, cat, trout. 

2. Make a second arrangement of the same 
words, alphabetically (Dictionary arrangement). 

168 



3. Make declarative sentences by telling what 
the following persons did: 

(a.) Hercules the Nemean lion. 

(b.) David Goliath. 

(c.) Perseus Andromeda. 

(d.) Pandora the box. 

(e.) Abou Ben Adhem from a deep 

dream of peace. 

4. Change each of the sentences under 3 into the 
interrogative form; as, from The sun shines would 
be made, Does the sun shine ? 

To THE Teacher: 

Each of the exercises should be corrected from 
blackboard work. Wherever possible, the sentences 
in Exercise 3 should be taken from the Reader. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



169 



THIRTY-SECOND EVENING 

The children were sitting around the table, 
waiting for Grandpa. Belle and May were 
reading their library books; Ben had buried 
his face in a paper. 

Suddenly the girls heard Ben chuckling. 
They looked up, and Belle asked, "What are 
you laughing at, Ben?" 

"At this," rephed Ben. "Just listen to 
what this paper says:" 

An actor tells a story of a dusky Hercules that 
thrusts all former champion divers into the shade. 

"A brawny negro was once employed as a 
laborer on the docks at Memphis, Tenn., to help 
unload a cargo from the steamer, Anna P. Silver. 

"The negro was carrying anvils ashore, and so 
great was his strength that he carried one under 
each arm. 

"In crossing the narrow gangplank with an anvil 
under each arm, the negro slipped and fell into the 
water. 

"He came up puflBng and blowing. 'Throw 
down a rope,' he yelled. 

170 



"The men on board laughed at him. 

"* Throw down a rope/ pleaded the negro, 
treading water vigorously. 

"Getting nothing but jeers, the negro cried ex- 
citedly : 

"'For the land's sake, man, throw down a rope, 
or I'll drop one of these anvils.'" 

"I hope he didn't drop it on his toes," said 
May. Just then Grandpa came in. 

"What are all of you laughing at.^" asked 
Grandpa. 

Ben read the story again. 

"Ha! ha! ha!" laughed Grandpa. "He 
was a Vulcan and a Hercules rolled into one, 
wasn't he.?" 

"Neptune, too. Grandpa," said Belle. 
"He seemed to be so much at home in the 
water." 

Grandpa had taken a letter from his coat 
pocket. He held it in the air. "See what I 
have," he exclaimed, showing the foreign pos- 
tage stamp. 

"A letter from Grandma! A letter from 
Grandma!" cried all three at once. "Oh, do 
read it. Grandpa!" And Grandpa opened and 
read this letter: 

171 



THE HAGUE, HOLLAND, 

March 22nd, 1913. 
T DEAR Children: 

What a quaint city I am 
in, and what quaint children 
I meet as I go about the streets ! 
And if May had some of the 
Dutch dollies I see in the shop 
windows here, how happy she would be! 

And such clean streets ! Every thing is Uke wax. 

Yesterday I left Amsterdam, where I had 

been for some weeks. I enjoyed the pictures 

in the Rijks' Museum very much, the Rem- 

brandts and de Hoochs especially. 

During my short train ride here, it seemed 
as if I could see nothing but dikes, canals, and 
windmills. While in Amsterdam, I stayed 
with a real old Dutch woman. Here is her 
picture with the room in which she usually sat. 

One day she took me to see a skating race. 
It was most exciting. Here is the story of it.* 

The course is a half-mile one, to be skated 
over twice, making a mile in all. 

In a tent near the start are the musi- 
cians, and waiting near it are the racers, forty 
in all, boys and girls. They cannot stand still. 
Their skates are a part of them; and every 
runner seems bewitched. 

Holland is the place for skaters, after all. 

'FWim "Hans Brincker," courtesy of Charles Scribner's Schu. 

172 



173 



Look at Ben. (Not our Ben in America, but 
another Ben in Holland.) Such jumping, such 
spinning, such whirling, such india-rubber 
games generally! 

That boy with the red cap is the Kon now: 
his body is a watch-spring, his body is cork — 
no, it is iron, or it would snap at that. He is a 
a bird, a top, a rabbit, a corkscrew, a fairy, 
a ball, all in one instant. When you think he's 
up, he's down, and when you think he's down, 
he's up. 

A French traveler, standing by with his note- 
book in his hand, sees Ben buy a doughnut 
and eat it. He at once writes in his note- 
book that the Dutch take large mouthfuls, 
and like potatoes boiled in molasses. Of course, 
he doesn't know that Ben is English. 

Twenty girls are formed in a line. The 
music has ceased. A man, whom we shall call 
the crier, stands between the columns and the 
first judges' stand. He reads the rules in a 
loud voice: 



ict 



The girls and boys are to race in turn, 
until one girl and one boy have beaten twice. 
They are to start in a line from the united 
columns, skate to the flagstaff line, turn, and 
then come back to the starting-point; thus 
making a mile at each run." 

A flag is waved from the judges' stand. 
Madame Van Gleck rises in her pavilion. She 

174 



leans forward with a white handkerchief in her 
hand. When she drops it, a bugler is to give 
the signal for them to start. 

The handkerchief is fluttering to the ground. 
Hark! They are off! 

No. Back again. Their line was not true 
in passing the judges' stand. 

The signal is repeated. 

Off again. No mistake this time. Whew! 
how fast they go! 

The multitude is now 
quiet for an instant, 
taken up with eager, 
breathless watching. 

Cheers spring up 
along the line of on- 
lookers. Huzza! Five 
girls are ahead. Who 
comes flying back from 
the boundary mark ? 
We cannot tell. Some- 
thing red, that is all. 
There is a blue spot flit- 
ting near it, and a dash 
of yellow nearer still. 
Onlookers at this end of _ 

the Une strain their 

eyes, and wish they had taken their post nearer 
the flagstaff. 

The wave of cheers is coming back again. 
Now we can see. Katrinka is ahead! 
175 



She passes the Van Holp pavilion. The 
next is Madame Van Gleck's. That leaning 
figure gazing from it is a magnet. Hilda 
shoots past Katrinka, waving her hand to hei 
mother as she passes. 

Two others are close now, whizzing on like 
arrows. What is that flash of red and gray? 
Hurrah, it is Gretel! She, too, waves her 
hand, but toward no gay pavilion. The crowd 
is cheering r but she hears only her father's 
voice: "Well done, little Gretel!" Soon Kat- 
rinka, with a quick, merry laugh, shoots past 
Hilda. The girl in yellow is winning now. 
She passes them all, — all except Gretel. The 
judges lean forward without seeming to lift 
their eyes from their watches. Cheer after 
cheer fills the air; the very columns seem rock- 
ing. Gretel has passed them. She has won. 

"Gretel Brinker, one mile!" shouts the 
crier. 

The judges nod. They write something 
upon a tablet which each holds in his hand. 

While the girls are resting, — some crowd- 
ing eagerly around one frightened little Gretel, 
some standing aside in high disdain, — the 
boys form in a line. 

Mynheer Van Gleck drops the handker- 
chief, this time. The bugles give a vigorous 
blast. Oflf start the boys ! 

Halfway already. Did ever you see the 
Uke? 

176 



Dutch Interior 



Here Grandpa stopped and said, "I must 
go to the orchestra rehearsal. More of Grand- 
ma's letter to-morrow night," and he folded 
tte letter up and put it into his pocket. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Use the following interrogative sentences as 
indicated by your teacher: 

(a.) Where were the children sittii^? 
(b.) What were Belle and May doing? 
(e.) What was Ben doing? 
(d.) What did the girls hear? 
(e.) What did they ask? 
(f.) What did Ben reply? 

2. Write in your own words what Ben read 
:m)m the paper about the man who fell overboard. 

To THE Teacher: 

Select pupils to ask the questions and others to 
ive the answers. Each answer should be a decla- 
ative sentence. 

This may be made very interesting by having 
ides, with a captain to each, the captains to do the 
^:3[uestioning. 



177 



THIRTY-THIRD EVENING 

The children came rushing in, crying out, 
"Make haste, Grandpa, make haste. We do 
want to hear the rest of Grandma's letter/' 

So Grandpa took the letter out of his 
pocket, unfolded it, and read : 

Three hundred legs come flashing by in an 
instant. But there are only twenty boys! 
No matter: there were hundreds of legs, I am 
sure. Where are they now.^^ There is such a 
noise, one gets bewildered. 

What are the people laughing at? Oh! at 
that fat boy in the rear. 

See him go! See him! He'll be down in 
an instant; no, he won't. I wonder if he knows 
he is all alone: the other boys are nearly at the 
boundary line. Yes, he knows it. He stops. 
He wipes his hot face. He takes off his cap, 
and looks about him. 

Better to give up with a good grace. He 
has made a hundred friends by that hearty, 
astonished laugh. Good Jacob Foot ! 

The fine fellow is already among the 
spectators, gazing as eagerly as the rest. 

178 



A cloud of feathery ice flies from the heels 
of the skaters as they "bring to," and turn at 
the flags taffs. 

Something black is coming now, one of the 
boys: it is all we know. He has touched the 
vox humana stop of the crowd; it fairly roars. 
Now they come nearer; we can see the red cap. 
There's Ben, there's Peter, there's Hans ! 

Hans is ahead. Young Madame Van Gend 
almost crushes the flowers in her hand: she had 
been quite sure that Peter would be first. Carl 
Schummel is next, then Ben, and the youth 
with the red cap. The others are pressing 
close. A tall figure darts from among them. 
He passes the red cap, he passes Ben, then Carl. 
Now it is an even race between him and Hans. 
Madame Van Gend catches her breath. 

It is Peter! He is ahead! Hans shoots 
past him. Hilda's eyes fill with tears: Peter 
must beat. Annie's eyes flash proudly. Gretel 
gazes with clasped hands: four strokes more will 
take her brother to the columns. 

He is there ! Yes, but so was young Schummel 
just a second before. At the last instant, 
Carl, gathering his powers, had whizzed be- 
tween them, and passed the goal. 

"Cakl Schummel, one mile!" shouts the 
crier. 

Soon Madame Van Gleck rises again. The 
falling handkerchief starts the bugle; and the 

179 



bugle, using its voice as a bowstring, shoots oflE 
twenty girls like so many arrows. 

It is a beautiful sight; but one has not long 
to look: before we can fairly distinguish them, 
they are far in the distance. This time they 
are close upon one another. 

It is hard to say, as they come speeding 
back from the flagstaff, which will reach the 
columns first. There are new faces among the 
foremost, — eager, glowing faces, unnoticed 
before. Katrinka is there, and Hilda; but 
Gretel and Rychie are in the rear. Gretel is 
wavering; but, when Rychie passes her, she 
starts forward afresh. Now they are nearly 
beside Katrinka. Hilda is still in advance: 
she is almost "home.'* She has not faltered 
since that bugle note sent her flying: like an 
arrow, still she is speeding toward the goal. 
Cheer after cheer rises in the air. Peter is 
silent, but his eyes shine like stars. "Huzza! 
Huzza!'' 

The crier's voice is heard again: 

"Hilda Van Gleck, one mile!" 

A loud murmur of approval runs through 
the crowd, catching the music in its course, 
till all seems one sound. When the flag waves, 
all is still. 

Once more the bugle blows a terrific blast. 
It sends oflf the boys like chaflf before the wind, 
— dark chaflf, I admit, and in big pieces. It 
is whisked around at the flagstaflF, driven faster 

180 



yet by the cheers and shouts along the Kne. 
We begin to see what is coming. There are 
three boys in advance this time, and all 
abreast, — Hans, Peter, and Lambert. 

Carl soon breaks the ranks, rushing through 
with a whiflf. Fly Hans; fly Peter: don't 
let Carl beat again ! 

Carl the bitter, Carl the insolent. Van 
Mounen is flagging; but you are as strong as 
ever. Hans and Peter, Peter and Hans: 
which is foremost? We love them both. We 
scarcely care which is the fleeter. 

Hilda, Annie, and Gretel, seated before the 
long crimson bench, can remain quiet no 
longer. They spring to their feet, so different in 
appearance and yet one in eagerness. Hilda 
instantly reseats herself: none shall know how 
interested she is; none shall know how anxious, 
how filled with one hope. Shut your eyes, 
then, Hilda, hide your face rippling with joy. 
Peter has beaten. 

"Peter Van Holp, one mile!" calls the 
crier. 

The same buzz of excitement as before, 
while the judges take notes, the same throb- 
bing of music through the din; but something 
is different. A little crowd presses close about 
some object near the column. Carl has 
fallen. He is not hurt, though somewhat 
stimned. If he were less sulky , he would find 
more sympathy in these warm young hearts. 

181 



As it is, they forget him as soon as he is lai^x^ 
on his feet again. 

The girls are to skate their third mile. 

How steady the Uttle maidens look as they 
stand in line! Some are solemn with a sense 
of duty; some wear a smile, half bashful, half 
merry; but one air of determination is reflected 
from them all. 

This third mile may settle the race. Still, 
if neither Gretel nor Hilda win, there is yet a 
chance among the rest for the silver skates. 

Each girl feels sure that, this time, she will 
make the distance in one-half the time. How 
they stamp to try their runners! How anx- 
iously they examine each strap ! How straight 
they stand at last, every eye upon Madame 
Van Gleck. 

The bugle thri lls them again. With quiv - 
ering eagerness they spring forward, bending, 
but in perfect balance. Each flashing stroke 
seems longer than the last. 

Now they are skimming off in the distance. 

Again the eager straining of eyes ; again the 
shouts and cheering; again the thrill of excite- 
ment, as, after a few moments, four or five, in 
advance of the rest, come speeding back, 
nearer, nearer, to the white columns. 

Who is first? Not Rychie, Katrinka, 
Annie, nor Hilda, nor the girl in yellow, but 
Gretel, — Gretel, the fleetest spri te of a girl 
that ever skated. She was but playing in the 



earlier race; now, she is in earnest, or, rather, 
something within her has determined to 
win. That graceful little form makes no ef- 
fort; but it cannot stop, — not until the goal 
is passed ! 

In vain the crier lifts his voice: he cannot 
be heard. He has no news to tell: it is already 
ringing through the crowd, — Gretel has won 
the silver skates! 

Like a bird, she has flown over the ice; like 
a bird, she looks about her in a timid, startled 
way. She longs to dart to the sheltered nook 
where her father and mother stand. But Hans 
is beside her: the girls are crowding round. 
Hilda's kind, joyous voice breathes in her ear. 
From that hour, none will scorn her. Goose- 
girl or not, Gretel is Queen of the Skates. 



But my letter is so long, I fear you will 
never finish it. 

Grandpa writes me that you are good 
children; that Ben is trying not to forget, and 
Belle is trying to think. This, you know, I am 
glad to hear. 

When next you hear from me, I shall be in 
Germany. 

Auf wiedersehen! 

Your loving 

Grandma. 

183 



lU 



To THE Pupils: 

1. Vox humana is Latin for human voice: it 
is the name of a pipe in the organ; distinguish, to 
make out; insolent, overbearing, insulting; sym- 
pathy, fellow-feeling; Auf wiedersehen (vee der sen), 
German: meaning Till we meet again. 

2. Use the following, showing what is done to 
things, in place of the dashes: is madey are huilU 
was discovered^ has been read, was bereft. 

(a.) The book by me. 

(b.) Niobe of all her children. 

(c.) Honey by bees. 

(d.) Nests by birds. 

(e.) America by Columbus. 

To THE Teacher: 

This exercise may be oral. 

Read to your pupils Lowell's "Auf Wiedersehen." 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



185 



THIRTY-FOURTH EVENING 

Ben looked rather glum when he came in. 
As he sat down near the girls, Grandpa said, 
**What is the matter, Ben? Why do you look 
so downcast?" 

"It's that Skinny again, Grandpa. I was 
kept in again to-day, through him." 

*'How did that happen?" inquired Grandpa. 

"He's showing a new streak lately. None 
of the fellows want to play with him, he's so 
mean. Now he is boasting that we are afraid 
of him. I thought when Boasting Billy got 
his work papers and left school, that we were 
through with that sort of thing. But it seems 
not. The worst of it is that, as I told you. 
Skinny says we are afraid of him." 

"Afraid of him!" exclaimed Belle. "Oh, 
pshaw!" 

"Yes, he says he can run faster, jump far- 
ther, hit harder, and play ball better than any 
other fellow in the school." 

186 



"He's a kind of Munchausen , it seems to 
me," said Grandpa. 



(( 



Munchausen? Who was he, Grandpa?" 



*'0h, a man who liked to boast and to pull 
the long bow. Here are one or two of his 
stories:*' 

An Adventure of Baron Munchausen 

I set oflf from Rome on a journey to Russia 
in the midst of winter, from an idea that frost 
and snow must, of course, improve the roads, 
which every traveler through the northern 
parts of Europe had described as being very 
bad. 

I went on horseback as the best way of 
traveling. I was but lightly clothed, and from 
this I felt great discomfort as I advanced 
northeast. 

What must not a poor old man have suf- 
fered in that severe cold, whom I saw on a 
bleak meadow in Poland, lying on the ground, 
helpless, shivering, and having hardly where- 
withal to cover his nakedness! 

I pitied the poor old soul. Though I felt 
the severity of the weather myself, I threw my 
mantle over him, and at once I heard a voice 
from the heavens, blessing me for that act of 

187 



charity, saying: "You 
will be rewarded for 
this in time, my son." 

I went on. Night 
and darkness overtook 
me. No village was to 
be seen. The country 
was covered with snow, 
and I did not know 
the road. 

Tired out, I alighted 
and fastened my horse 
to something like the 
pointed stump of a tree 
which appeared above 
the snow. For the sake 
of safety, I placed my 
pistols under my arm 
and lay down on the 
snow, where I slept so 
soundly that I did not 
open my eyes till full 
daylight. 

It is not easy to un- 
derstand my astonish- 

... I BBHBIjD BDC> 

HAKGiNQ ..." ment at finding myself 

in the midst of a village, lying in a churchyard. 
188 



Nor was my horse to be seen; but I heard 
him soon after neigh somewhere above me. 
On looking upward, I beheld him, hanging 
by his bridle to the weather -cock of the 
steeple. 

Matters were now quite plain to me. The 
village had been covered with snow the night 
before. A sudden change in the weather 
had taken place. While asleep, I had sunk 
down to the churchyard at the same rate as 
the snow had melted away, and what in the 
dark I had taken to be the stump of a little 
tree appearing above the snow, and to which 
I had tied my horse, proved to be the weather- 
cock of the steeple! 

Without delay, I took one of my pistols, 
shot the bridle in two, brought down the horse, 
and proceeded on my journey. 

This horse, you will remember, was the one 
given me by the Count, and which I had ridden 
around on his tea-table one evening, to the 
great pleasure of the ladies who were present. 
Though I made him trot and gallop across the 
table on that occasion, he broke neither cup 
nor saucer! You may imagine how glad I was 
to get him down from the top of the steeple ! 

This same horse I rode at the head of my 

189 



regiment when attacking the enemy. I had 
my flankers out on the right and left, and we 
soon put the enemy to flight, and pursued them 
into a walled town. They let drop the gate, 
as my horse was going through, and cut him 
in two! 

I thought he was lost. But, no! Our 
surgeon brought the parts together while warm 
and sewed them up with sprigs of laurel that 
were at hand. The wound healed; the laurel 
grew and formed a bower, so that ever after I 
could ride in the shade of my horse's laurels. 

The Tale of the Wolf in Harness 

The horse carried me well. Advancing into 
Russia, I found traveling on horseback rather 
unfashionable in winter. Therefore I followed, 
as I always do, the custom of the country, took a 
single-horse sledge, and drove briskly toward 
St. Petersburg. 

I do not recollect exactly where it was, but 
I remember that in the midst of a dreary forest, 
I spied a terrible woK making after me, with 
all the si>eed of winter hunger. 

He soon overtook me. There was no chance 
of escape. I laid myself down flat in the 
sledge, and let my horse run for our safety. 

190 



What I wished, but hardly hoped or ex- 
pected, happened at once. The wolf did not 
mind me in the least, but took a leap over me 
and, falling furiously on the ^orse, began in- 
stantly to tear and devour the poor animal, 
who ran the faster for his pain and tenor. 

Thus unnoticed and safe myself, I lifted up 
my head, and with horror saw that the wolf 
had eaten his way into the horse's body. It 
was not long before he had fairly forced himself 
into it. Then I fell upon him with the butt- 
end of my whip. 

This sudden attack frightened him so much, 

that he leaped forward with all his might, and 

the horse's carcass dropped on the ground. 

The wolf, however, was in the harness, and, I 

191 



TBE WOLF WAS IN THE HARNESS 

on my part whipping him contin ually , we both 
arrived in full career safe at St. Petersburg, 
contrary to our own hopes, and very much to 
the astonishment of the spectators. 

To THE Pupils: 

In the sentence, The horse carried me well, what 
words denote what is told about? What is said of 
the horse? Every sentence is divided in a similar 
way into two parts: The subject, or that which 
names what is told about; and the predicate, or that 
which tells what we say about the subject. 

Place the word Subject at the upper left hand 
corner of your paper, and three inches to the right 
the word Predicate. Arrange the subjects and the 
194 



predicates of the following sentences under their 
proper headings, each predicate opposite its subject: 

Dogs bark. 

The horse carried me well. 

The river runs to the sea. 

The earth is round. 

The wind is blowing hard. 

The sun shines brightly. 

To THE Teacher: 

The work should be inspected as you pass around 
the room. Use the blackboard if necessary. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



193 



THIRTY-FIFTH EVENING 

"Do you know, children, we haven't had 
any singing for some time Come to the piano, 
and let us have a song," was Grandpa's salute 
to the children as they came in. 

"Oh, Grandpa, I am so tired," said May. 
"I worked very hard in school to-day, and 
when we came home Belle helped me make a 
new dress for a birthday present for my Spanish 
doll/' 

"If you are so tired as that, lassie, let us 
sing a restful song." And Grandpa played, and 
they all sang 



THE SANDMAN. 



Moderato 



Arr. by Anna T. Kerr 




1. Sand-man at the door is tap -ping, Does he bring a 

2. Day-times come the same old les - sons, Games that chil-dren 




dream for me? Is it fold-ed in a rose-leaf, Or a shell from 
al - ways play; Sandman. you Ve no end of wonders, Journeys, too, all 

194 



dream-y sea? Sand -man, Sand -man, Soft-ly you are 
far a -way. Sand -man, Sand -man, Dust of dreams you're 

■I— 



^^m 



m 



t 



"^^^ 



J 



='^ 



m 



<€ 



creep-ing, Sand -man, Sand -man, Soon I shaU be sleep-4ng. 
throw-ing. Sand -man, Sand -man, far a-way I'm go - ing. 

After finishing the song, they sat around the 
table, and Grandpa asked, "How did you get 
along to-day, Ben?" 

Oh, Grandpa, I am glad you told me that 
story last night. When Skinny began boasting 
in the play ground to-day, I just said, 'O you 
Munchausen!'" 

"What did the other fellows do?" asked 
Belle. 

They asked me why I called him Munchau- 
sen, and I repeated the stories Grandpa told 
us last evening." 

What happened then?" asked Grandpa. 

Oh, all the fellows began to call him Mun- 
chausen, and I think he will stop boasting and 
drawing the long bow," replied Ben. 

Here they were interrupted by a long 
"c-a-u-g-h" from May. She was fast asleep 
and snoring. 



a 



t( 



i( 



195 



Belle woke her up and took her oflF to bed. 
So there was no story telling that evening. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Give a subject for each of the following predi- 
cates when called upon: 

— -^ creeps . wriggle . 

ceased . fly . 

swim . burns . 

twinkle brightly. trots quickly. 

2. Copy the twentieth group of words in the 
Vocabulary, marking the accented syllable. 

To THE Teacher: 

Have No. 2 corrected as in a previous similar 
exercise, p. 151. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



196 



THIRTY-SIXTH EVENING 

"Oh, Grandpa, it has been such a mixed- 
up day,'' said Belle. "The sun was shining 
brightly when we started for school this morn- 
ing, but before we got halfway there, it was 
raining hard. Then it cleared up for a little 
while, but it has been showery ever since." 

"Didn't you carry an umbrella ?" asked 
Grandpa. 

"No, Grandpa," said Belle. 

"It is well to remember that April is a 
showery month," said Grandpa, "and that 
showers and umbrellas should go together. 
These gentle rains mean that spring is here 
and that nature is wakening from her win- 
ter sleep. Listen to what a poet says of the 



ram: 



April 

All night the small feet of the rain 

Within the garden ran, 
And gentle fingers tapped the pane 

Until the dawn began. 

197 



The rill-like voices called and sang 

The slanting roof beside; 
''The children of the clouds have come; 

Awake! awake!" they cried. 

''Weep no more the drooping rose 
Nor mourn the thirsting tree; 
The little children of the storm 
Have gained their liberty ." 

All night the small feet of the rain 

About my garden ran. 
Their rill-like voices called and cried 
Until the dawn began. 

— Dora S. Shorter. 
— Courtesy of Westminster Gazette. (England.) 

"I like the second stanza best, don't you, 
Grandpa?" asked Belle. 

They are all musical, I think/' said 
Grandpa. "And now, children, I must tell you 
that I am going away for a little while/' 

"Going away! Where .^" said all three at 
once. 

"The orchestra is going to give a few 
Beethoven concerts in cities nearby and, as 
Mr. Dickens has a vacation next week, we all 
thought that would be the best time to go.'' 

"Take us with you, Grandpa," said Belle. 

"I should like to, but I can't," replied 

198 



i< 



Grandpa. "We shall be playing at night and 
traveling by day." 

"There wouldn't be much fun for me in 
that," said Ben. 

Grandpa looked at his watch and said, 
"Ben, call up Wilson's garage , and tell him to 
send me a taxicab to-morrow morning, in 
time for me to catch the first train for Plain- 
town." 

Ben went to the telephone and took down 
the receiver: 

Ben: "Hello, Central." 

Central : 

Ben: "Give me 1234 Main." 
Main: 



^^^^^^ 



Ben: "Is this Wilson's garage?" 

Main : 

Ben: "This is Ben. Grandpa wants a taxi- 
cab here to-morrow morning in time to get 
the first train to Plaintown." 

Main : 

Ben: "Hold the wire, please. 

^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ 

" Grandpa, he says that the first train is a 
slow one, and that there is an express train leav- 
ing an hour later, getting to Plaintown forty 
minutes ahead of the first." 

^00 



"All right, Ben. Tell him that the express 
will do, and ask him to call for Mr. Dickens 
before he calls for me/' said Grandpa. 

^P ?P ^ »f ^p ^f 9|E 

Ben: "Hello! Grandpa says you are to 
call for him in time to catch the express. Please 
call for Mr. Dickens before you call here." 

Main : . 

Ben: "Very well. Good-bye.'' 

^ * * * * :ti ^ 

"Grandpa," said Ben, as he hung up the 
receiver, "Wilson says that the express leaves 
at 10 : 40, and that he will be here for you at 10 : 20 
to-morrow morning." 

Thank you very much, Ben. Now, to- 
morrow morning I want you to send a telegram 
to the Hotel Astor, Plaintown, asking them 
to reserve a room with bath for Mr. Dickens 
to-morrow afternoon, as well as one for me." 

"Very well. Grandpa," was Ben's reply. 

You had better write the telegram this 
evening," said Grandpa. "Then it will be 
ready to send early to-morrow morning; and as 
Mr. Dickens knows the owner of the hotel, he 
asked me to sign his name to the telegram. 
Please do so for me." 

201 



(( 



« 



So Ben wrote this telegram: 

Hotel AstoTj Plaintown: 

Please reserve two outside rooms with baths for 
to-morrow afternoon. 

Charles Dickens 

To THE Pupils: 

Write out a telephone conversation that is 
supposed to have taken place between yourself and 
your chum, each of you to speak five times. Fill 
the blanks on p. 200. 

To THE Teacher: 
Collect, correct, and return. 
Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



202 



CHAPTER I 

Grandpa had been gone a longer time than 
was expected. The concerts were so successful 
that the tour had been extended. Mr. Dickens 
came back to school, as the spring vacation was 
over, and another man had taken his place in the 
orchestra. 

The children missed Grandpa very much. 
There was no one to tell them stories. 

One evening, as they sat around the table, 
wondering how long it would be before Grandpa 
got back, in came their father with a letter 
in his hand. 

"Well, children," said he, "I have just re- 
ceived a letter from Grandpa. He says that 
he will be home in a few days and that he has 
plenty of new stories for you." 

" Fine! Fine! " cried all the children. " He 
can't come too soon." 

"Here is a special note for May, which 
Grandpa enclosed in mine," said their father, 
handing a small envelope to May. 

203 



" Oh, May, do read it out loud," said Belle. 
May opened it at once, and read as follows: 

Hotel Astor, Plaintown, 

April 22, 1913. 
My dear Hebe: 

Last night, after the concert, your poor old 
Grandpa's knee pained him so much that he 
could not sleep a wink. He had a fall yesterday 
afternoon, and* twisted his right knee a little. 
There is nothing to worry about, though. 

So most of the night he sat up in an armchair, 
reading about a little girl who was even more 
fond of dolls than you. Her name was Isa 
Bowman — Isa being short for Isabel. I'm sure 
you have heard of her uncle, Lewis Carroll, who 
used to write her the funniest letters! 

One of thes§ letters reminded me so much of 
you and of your large family of dolls that I've 
copied it for you. 

Here it is: 

My dear Birdie:^ 

I met her just outside Tom Gate, 
walking very stiffly, and I think she was 
trying to find her way to my rooms. So 
I said, *'Why have you come here with- 
out Birdie? " So she said, '' Birdie's gone ! 
And Emily's gone ! And Mabel isn't kind 
to me!" And two little waxy tears came 
running down her cheeks. 

*From " The Story of Lewis Carroll/* by Isa Bowman. 

204 



Why, how stupid of me! IVe never 
told you who it was all the time ! It was 
your new doll ! I was very glad to see her, 
and I took her to my room, and gave 
her some vesta matches to eat, and a cup 
of nice melted wax to drink, for the poor 
thing was very hungry and thirsty after 
her long walk. 

So I said : " Come and sit down by the 
fire, and let's have a comfortable chat." 

"Oh, no! nol'^ she said. "Fd much 
rather not. You know I do melt so very 
easily!'' 

And she made me take her quite to 
the other side of the room, where it was 
very cold: and then she sat on my knee, 
and fanned herself with a penwiper, be- 
cause she said she was afraid the end of 
her nose was beginning to melt. 

"You've no idea how careful we have 
to be, we dolls," she said. "Why, there 
was a sister of mine — would you beheve 
it? — she went up to the fire to warm her 
hands, and one of her hands dropped right 
off! There now!" 

"Of course it dropped right off," I said, 
"because it was the right hand." 

"And how do you know it was the 
right hand, Mr. Carroll.'^" the doll said. 

205 



So I said, "I think it must have been 
the right hand, because the other hand 
was left." 

The doll said, "I sha'n't laugh. It's a 
very bad joke. Why, even a common 
wooden doll could make a better joke 
than that. And besides, they've made 
my mouth so stiff and hard, that I can't 
laugh if I try ever so much!" 

"Don't be cross about it," I said, "but 
tell me this : I'm going to give Birdie and 
the other children one photograph each, 
whichever they choose; which do you 
think Birdie will choose?" 

"I don't know," said the doll; "you'd 
better ask her ! " 

So I took her home in a hansom cab. 

Your affectionate friend, 

Lewis Carroll. 

I hope to be home in a few days, and I shall 
have some new stories for you. 

Your loving 

Grandpa. 

After the letter had been put away, May 
said, "Oh, won't it be pleasant to have Grandpa 
with us again!" 

"Yes," said her father. "And while we are 
waiting to see him, shouldn't you like to go into 

ao6 



the woods to-morrow afternoon to search for 
wild flowers?" 

"Splendid!" said Belle, clapping her hands. 

"Fine!" cried May, and, "Bui — no, I mean 
splendid, too!" said Ben. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Supply predicates for the following subjects: 

Grandma . May . 

The moon . Roses . 



Bees . Horses 



2. Write out the telegram you think Grandpa 
sent the children, telling them of his safe arrival. 
Use not more than ten words. 

To THE Teacher: 

No. 1 is an oral exercise that may profitably be 
extended by having some pupils write subjects on 
the blackboard, and having other pupils supply the 
predicates. 



207 



CHAPTER II 

The next day was Saturday. Early in the 
afternoon — in fact while they were just finishing 
luncheon — Father said to the children: "Aren't 
we going for our walk to-day?" 

"Of course/' replied the children. 

"Well, then, let us make haste. Put on 
your rubbers and let us get into the woods as 
quickly as possible/' Soon everybody was 
ready, and oflF they started, the children chatter- 
ing like magpies. 

Said Belle, "I know where to go. Alice 
brought some wild flowers to our teacher yes- 
terday, and she told me where she got them." 

"All right," said her father. "You be the 
guide. Only get us there as soon as possible. 
I am longing for a smell of spring!" 

After a walk through the pasture where, 
at every step, they wished for rubber boots 
instead of overshoes, they came to an old stone 
wall. 

ao8 



Perhaps you have seen an old tumble-down 
stone wall that looks sociable and inviting? 
Where the stones are covered with soft green 
mosses and dainty brown lichens; and where 
on the sheltered side, even in winter, you may, 
if you search carefully, find a few blades of 
bright green grass or a hardy clover? 

Well, this was such a wall; such a wall as 
our blind poet, Helen Keller, sings of: 

I am kneeling on the odor ous earth; 

The sweet, shy feet of Spring come tripping o'er 

the land; 
Winter is fled to the hills, leaving snowy wreaths 
On apple tree, meadow, and marsh. 
The walls are astir; little waves of blue 
Run through my fingers, murmuring, 
"We follow the winds and the snow!" 
Their heart is a cup of gold. 
Soft whispers of showers and flowers 
Are mingled in the spring song of the walls. 

— From " The Song of the Stone Wall;' by Helen 
Keller. Courtesy of The Century Co.y {Cojyyrighty 
1909) and the author. 

Mother Nature knows how kind such an 
old wall is to her frail little charges. Sure 
enough, as the walkers came near the wall, 
they saw a wee speck of blue peeping out at 
them. 

209 



May's bright eyes were the first to spy it; 
and in an instant she was down on her knees, 
scraping away the dead leaves, as she exclaimed : 
"Oh, Papa! I have found something/' 

She found a Uttle ice and snow, too, even 
though it was a bright spring day. But the 
other children helped, and they soon scraped 
away these wintry reminders, also. 

Then they found, safe in the lee of the wall, 
a dainty hepatica, the earUest of the spring 
flowers where the children Hved. 

Scraping away some dead chestnut, oak, 
and maple leaves, they found some fuzzy little 
buds, wrapped up in their gray caps to keep 
them warm. How cosy they looked, snuggled 
down among the protecting brown leaves of the 
bygone summer! 

For you see. Mother Nature is a wise old 
lady, and she knows very well that Jack Frost 
would be delighted at the opportunity of 
nipping the soft, fuzzy buds and the beautiful 
blue and pink flowers. Perhaps she keeps the 
leaves of last year to protect the Uttle new- 
comers. 

"Do not pick them all, children," said their 
father. "If we come home this way, we must 

aio 



stop and look at the plant again. I want you 
to see it when it is ready to answer the Sand- 
man's call." 

"Do plants get sleepy, too?" asked May. 

"Yes, indeed!" repUed their father. "Have 
you never seen a poppy in the garden close 
its petals and go to sleep at sundown? The 
hepatica is such a sleepy-head that when 
bedtime comes, the stems go to sleep as well 
as the flowers. And they 
remind me of sleepy Uttle 
gray, kittens nodding and 
napping in the summer 
sun. But we must go on, 
if we are to have our 
walk to-day." 

So over the wall they 
climbed, and Belle ran anemone 

on ahead. In a minute she called out that 
she had found another flower. 

"It is such a beautiful white flower! But 
how frail it looks, just as if the wind would 
blow it away!" 

"This, Belle, is the anemone (a nSm ne), or 

wind-flower, as some people call it," said their 

father. "It is said that the old Greeks named 

it the wind-flower because it blossomed 

211 



when the winds were blowing hard in the 
spring. 

"They had another story about it, too. 
Adonis was a beautiful youth, who delighted in 
hunting savage beasts. 

"Venus, who loved him, begged him not to 
do so, but to give his attention to such animals 
only as ran away from the hunter. 

"Adonis made Ught of her warnings. But 
one day, when he was following a wild boar, and 
had wounded it with his spear, the savage 
animal turned on him. It gored him in the 
side with its sharp tusk, so that he died. 

"When the goddess saw him bathed in his 
own blood, she mourned bitterly over him, and 
said that, as Proserpine had changed a nymph 
into the mint plant, giving it fragrance in place 
of the beauty of the nymph, so Adonis should 
be turned into a flower. 

"Then she sprinkled nectar over him. Be- 
fore an hour had passed, a beautiful flower 
had sprung from his blood. Like Adonis, it is 
short-hved." 

• 

"Here is another dainty one,'' exclaimed 
Ben, "or is this a diflFerent flower? It looks 
very Uke the anemone, only there are several 
blossoms on a stem.'' 



**It is an anemone, too — the me anemcMie — 
and, as you say, it is veij' like the other, only 
that its flowers grow in clusters. The anemones 
are cousins of the hepatica, for they belong 
to the same family." 

By this time. May had gone some distance 
ahead through a beautiful grove of birches. 

Their catkins were dancing in the breeze, and 
she could see the tender green leaves getting 
ready to wake from their long winter sleep. 

In a pretty sheltered nook, where a Uttle 
brook rippled over the stones. May found her 
first violets. Thev were as blue as her eyes, 
and as sweet as the breath of spring. 

The children were so busy picking ^^olets 
for several minutes that they failed to no- 
tice something else growing on the edge of the 
brook. 

But Ben soon grew tired, and wandered on. 
Suddenly he shouted, "Oh! see what I've found! 
What is this queer looking plant? It has a 
Uttle striped hood, and something inside the 
hood that looks like a spike." 

"That is the little preacher of the woods: 
Jack-in-the-pulpit. And over there you will see 
one of its cousins, the skunk cabbage. It is 

213 



not so pretty as the little preacher in the green 

and brown hood, but it is one of the very earliest 
of the spring plants. 

"Do you know that the 
beautiful, stately calla lily be- 
longs to the same family as 
these two modest plants that 
grow in out-of-the-way wood- 
land places? 

"There are many other 
plants in this family, but to 
me the quaint Uttle Jack-in- 

j*cK-iN-THE-PDLPiT the-pulpit is the most inter- 
esting. 
"Have you ever heard the little poem, by 

Clara Smith, about it? 

Jack-in-the-pulpit 

Preaches to-day. 
Under the green trees 

Just over the way. 
Squirrel and song-sparrow, 

High on their perch. 
Hear the sweet lily-bells 

Ringing to church, 

"But, children, the sun is going down, and 
if we are to see the hepatica going to sleep, we 
must turn toward home." 
214 



"Oh, just a little farther," pleaded May. 
"Perhaps we shall find some more pretty 
flowers over there on those rocks." 

"Well, if you hasten, you may look," said 
the father. 

Sure enough, when May had climbed to the 
top, she found another of the early spring 
flowers. 

You will laugh when you hear the name 
her father gave it — Dutchman's breeches — 
but if you look at 
the picture, you 
wiU see what a 
good nickname 
that is. 

Their father 
went on: "All 
flowers have a 
Latin name. 
These plants have 
two or three 
names, one Latin, 
the others Eng- 
lish. The Latin 
name of Dutchman's breeches — dicentra cucul- 
laria — is hard and long; but its other Enghsh 
name — white hearts — is short and pretty. In 
215 



some places it is also called soldier's cap, al- 
though I do not think it looks much like a cap, 
do you?" 

Without waiting for an answer, he asked, 
"Which name do you like the best?'' 

The children looked closely at the flowers 
and talked about their names. While they 
were discussing the question, their father looked 
at his watch. 

"We must go home now," said he, *'or we 
may meet the fate that befell the Babes in the 
Wood. See how dark it is getting ! I am afraid 
we shall not be able to find our sleepy hepaticas 
when we get to the stone wall." 

As they were walking home, Ben said, 
"Wouldn't it be fun. Father, if we lived on a 
farm?" 

"Well, Ben," was the reply, "your mother 
and I have been talking about taking the 
family to Mr. Smith's farm in a short time, 
to stay there for the summer. As soon as 
Grandpa comes home, we shall fix the time." 

The children were delighted with the news; 
and it did not take them long to decide that 
at the farm May was to take care of the chickens, 
Belle, the calves and the lambs, and Ben, the 
horse and the dog. 

ai6 



And when they got home, Grandpa was there. 
How deUghted every one was ! 

Everybody began talking at once, so that 
nobody could be understood. Fortunately, the 
supper bell rang, and everybody understood 
that. 

When they went into the dining room, they 
found that Belle, who had stolen away a few 
minutes before, had decorated the table with 
wild flowers. 

How pleased Grandpa was! Pointing to 
the violets, he said: "Those are Grandma's 
favorite flowers. I will teach you a new song 
about them after supper.'' 

So when they went to the sitting room, 
they sang 



THE VIOLET. 



Jane Taylor 
Moderato 




-tW^ 



^ 



a i'ii * * «- 



Arr. by Anna T. Kerr 

1^ 






1. Down in a green and shad-y bed, A mod-est vi - o - let 
• 2. Yet thus it was con - tent to bloom, In mod - est tints ar 




grew, Its stalk was bent, it hung its head, As if to hide from 
rayed, and there dif -fused a sweet per-f ume, With-in the si - lent 

217 



$ 



\> i^.MI 







h 1^ ] r 



? 






view. And yet it was a love - ly flower, Its col - or bright and 
shade. Then let me to the val - ley go, This pret- ty flow-er to 




fair; It might have graced a ro- sy bower In-stead of hid-mg there, 
see, That I may al - so learn to grow In sweet hu-mil-i - ty. 

After the song, Grandpa said, "Well, I must 
look over my mail. I see many letters waiting 
for me on the table." 

"Yes," said Ben, "more letters than usual 
came while you were away. But father told me 
not to forward them, as none of them seemed 
to be important." 

They gathered around the table. Grandpa 
opened his letters, and Ben and Belle read. 
May sat still, with her unopened book in her 
lap and a dreamy look in her eyes. 

Suddenly, she sighed and said, "I wish I 
were a fish." 

"Why.'^" exclaimed Grandpa. 

"Because papa said the ocean is full of 
currents, and I hke currants better than any 
kind of fruit except bananas, apples, oranges, 
and sweet potatoes." May seemed surprised 
at the laughter which followed her remark. 

ai8 



To THE Pupils: 

Pronounce: Anemone (& nem' o ng), Adonis 
(a do ms). 

Each subject given in the exercise on p. 207 is 
a name. The name of any place, person, or thing, 
is called a Noun. 

Each predicate given on p. 196 indicates action. 
Such words are called Verbs. 

Write the word Noun at the top of your paper, 
to the left, and, to the right, the word Verb. . Place 
under its proper heading, each of the following: 

Storyy walk, run, Aprily Juno, hat, climb, trot, 
cherry, dog, Hercules, saw, brought, gone, Sam, lamb, 
sold, give, driven, wagon. 

To THE Teacher: 

Correct by means of the blackboard. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. . 



219 



THIRTY-SEVENTH EVENING 

"I am so glad to be at home/' said Grandpa 
to the children, "especially as it is Sunday." 

"Did you have a pleasant trip?" asked 
Belle. 

"Hardly so pleasant as it was interesting. 
We had to travel too fast." 

"Was your room in the Astor all right.^" 
asked Ben. 

"The one you telegraphed for? Most com- 
fortable." 

"Wasn't that fine!" said May. 

"And another very good thing about it 
was that it was off in one corner, so that 
we people of the wood-wind instruments 
could practise a little there without annoying 
any one." 

" Wood-wind instruments ! What are they ? " 
exclaimed Ben. 

"The flute, the oboe, the clarinet, and the 
bassoon," was the reply. 



"Oh, I know that word," said Belle. "I 
learned it in the *Rime of the Ancient Mariner': 

*The wedding-guest here beat his breast. 
For he heard the loud bassoon/" 

"Yes," replied Grandpa, "Coleridge men- 
tions a wood-wind instrument in his poem. 
But what story shall I tell you to-night?" 

"Oh," said Ben, "as it is Sunday, please 
tell us some more about David. He was a 
great fighter." 

"Very well," said Grandpa; and he went on 
to tell more about David : 

David, the son of Jesse, was the hero of the 
hour after his victory over Goliath, and none 
thought more highly of him than did Jonathan, 
the son of Saul. 

He loved David for his courage: "The 
soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of 
David, and Jonathan loved him as his own 
soul." 

He took oflF his princely robe, his girdle, 
even his sword and bow, and gave them all to 
David. These were honors as well as gifts. 

Saul also showered honors upon David, and 
made him give up the hfe of a shepherd and 
hve in the palace. 

221 



He also made him one of the chief captains, 
and he was often sent out to fight the enemies 
of the king. 

David, even when old, was a skilful harper. 
Whenever the king was gloomy, he would send 
for David and his harp. And as the sweet music 
touched his soul, all his cares fled, and a feeling 
of calm content stole over him, such as Long- 
fellow describes in that beautiful stanza: 

*'And the night shall be filled with music. 
And the cares that infest the day 
Shall fold their tents like the Arabs, 
And as silently steal away." 

But all this was to be changed. As David 
gained more and more fame as a warrior, Saul 
became less and less pleased with him. Finally 
he became jealous. 

How diflFerent was SauFs character from that 
of his son, Jonathan! 

It annoyed the King to hear the people 
always sounding the praises of David, and he 
lost his affection for the warrior. One day 
when David was playing before Saul, the King 
threw his spear at the harper, just missing him! 

David, however, continued to be a favorite 
with the people, in spite of the dislike of the King. 

222 



PBer Paiit Bubtat, I 



The Philistines became troublesome again, 
and Saul promised David that if he would go 
out against the enemy, he should have the 
hand of the King's eldest daughter, Merab , in 
marriage. 

David did not seek this honor. "Who am 
I?" he said modestly; "who are my kinsfolk, 
and what is my father's family in Israel, that 
I should be son-in-law to a king?" 

Nevertheless, he went forth to battle again, 
and came back victori ous , to find Merab mar- 
ried. The King's promise had been broken. 

Saul had another daughter, Michal, who 
loved this daring champion of Israel. 

Saul promised her to David if he would 
again attack the Philistines. 

David went forth to battle, and again 
returned victorious and unharmed. He claimed 
his bride, and he and Michal were married. 

Still the King would not give up his deter- 
mination to sweep David from his path, even 
though he was now David's father-in-law. 

Jonathan was thus placed in a very trying 
position. He loved David "as his own soul"; 
yet his father had sent him word to slay David. 
He must protect his friend, yet he did not wish 
to displease his father. 

223 



He went to the King and asked him not 
to slay David. And Saul said, "As the Lord 
liveth, he shall not be put to death/' 

So delighted was Jonathan, that he brought 
David to his father, and they became friends 
again. 

But not for long. Another victory over the 
Philistines made SauFs hatred of David as 
fierce as ever. Yes, he would slay David after 
all. 

But David's hfe was saved by the devotion 
of his wife, and through her he escaped. 

Jonathan made another effort to stay the 
King's evil hand, but it was useless. Saul, in 
his anger, threw a spear at his son. 

Jonathan told David this when he returned 
to him. The two friends wept together. 

"Go in peace,'' said Jonathan. "We have 
both sworn that God shall be between us and 
between our children forever. Farewell, David. " 
And thus they parted. 

David fled into the wilderness of Judah , 
and here he sang the Psalm^ beginning, "O 
God, thou art my God; early will I seek thee; 
my soul thirsteth for thee, my flesh longeth for 

» The 63d Psalm. 

224 



thee in a dry and thirsty land, where no water 



is/' 



Soon he had a band of followers about him, 
to the number of four hundred 

Then Saul took three thousand chosen men 
and went to seek David and his men. 

And he came to the sheep-cotes by the way, 
where there was a cave; and Saul went into 
the cave, 

David and his men were in the cave at the 
time. David arose and secretly cut off the 
hem of Saul's robe. Then Saul came out of the 
. cave and went on his way. 

"Now,'' said Grandpa, "I will read you 
some of the story from the Bible itself." So 
Grandpa took his Bible, opened it, and read: 

David also arose afterward, and went out of 
the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My 
lord the king. And when Saul looked behind 
him, David stooped with his face to the earth, 
and bowed himself. 

And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest 
thou men's words, saying. Behold, David seeketh 
thy hurt? 

Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how 
that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into 



mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill 
thee; but mine eyes spared thee; and I said, 
I will not put^forth mine hand against my lord: 
for he is the Lord's anointed. 

Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the 
skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut 
off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, 
know thou and see that there is neither evil 
nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not 
sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul 
to take it. 

The Lord judge between thee and me, and 
the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand 
shall not be upon thee. 



And it came to pass, when David had made 
an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that 
Saul said. Is this thy voice, my son David? 
And Saul hfted up his voice and wept. 

And he said to David, Thou art more 
right eous than I: for thou hast re ward ed me 
good, whereas I have rewarded thee eviL 
* * * * And now, behold, I know well 
that thou shalt surely be King, and that the 
Kingdom of Israel shall be estabhshed in thine 
hand. 



Here Grandpa looked at his watch and said, 
''There is too much for me to finish this evening. 
The rest you will hear to-morrow night/' 

To THE Pupils: 

Note the following: 

The horse trotted. 

The black horse trotted quickly. 

The new black horse trotted quickly to his stall. 

In each sentence the subject contains the same 
noun, horse; and the predicate has the same verb, 
trotted. 

Words have been added, however, thus en- 
larging the sentence. The meaning also has been 
changed, so we call the words that have been added 
to the noun and the verb, modifiers or changers. 

Add modifiers to the following nouns and verbs, 
and thus make the sentences longer. Make the 
same arrangement as at the head of this lesson: 

Birds sing. 

The boy studies. 

Leaves fall. 

To THE Teacher: 

Take up other skeleton sentences at the black- 
board. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345, 



aa7. 



THIRTY-EIGHTH EVENING 

As soon as the children came in, Grandpa 
went on with the story of David and Jonathan. 
He began by reading two verses from the Bible : 

Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord 
that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and 
that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my 
father's house. 

And David sware unto Saul. And Saul 
went home; but David and his men gat them 
up unto the hold. 

Grandpa closed the Bible, and went on 
telling the story: 

David and his followers hved a wild, strange 
hfe. They were nomads or wanderers. For 
occupation, they protected the flocks of their 
neighbors, and for this they were paid in cattle, 
corn, and wine. They would also conduct travelers 
through the dangerous passes in the mountains, 
and tor this, too, they were paid. 

Not all of those protected, however, were 
grateful. Nabal was one of the ungrateful ones. 



Nabal was a very rich man. He had three 
thousand sheep and one thousand goats grazing 
in the pastures, and David protected these flocks. 

When sheep-shearing time came, David said 
to his young men: "Go to Nabal, greet him in 
my name, and say to him: *Peace be to thee 
and to thine house, and unto all that thou 
hast.' " 

They went to Nabal as they were told. 
But he would give them neither bread, nor 
water, nor flesh. So they returned and told 
David. Then David and his men determined 
to take what Nabal would not give. 

Leaving two hundred behind to take care 
of the baggage, the rest girded on their swords 
and departed. 

Nabal's wife, Abigail, heard of their approach. 
She was beautiful, good, and kind. She knew 
what a good friend David had been to her 
husband. 

She soon made up her mind what to do. 
Hastily preparing a generous present of bread, 
wine, dressed meat, parched corn, raisins, and 
figs, she loaded it on donkeys, and started off 
with it. 

Soon she met David and his men. "Blame 
me not for your harsh treatment," she said, 

229 



"but listen to me. Do not heed NabaFs 
message, for NabaP is his name, and folly is his 
nature, 

"Now, my lord, let me keep you from blood- 
shed. Behold this present. It is for you and 
your followers. Forgive my trespass, and may 
God make your house sure and fight your bat- 
tles, and may no evil come upon you. When 
better days come you shall have no cause to 
repent having shed innocent blood. Do not 
then forget your faithful handmaiden, Abigail." 

The thoughtful speech and the generous 
present caused David's anger to die away, and 
he said: "May God bless you for saving me 
from the guilt of bloodshed, and blessed be God 
that sent you.'' 

Nabal died soon afterward. Some time later, 
David sent messengers to Abigail, asking her 
hand in marriage, to which she consented. 

Grandpa took his Bible again, and read: 

Now the Philistines fought against Israel, 
and the men of Israel fled from before the 
Philistines, and fell down slain in Mount Gilboa. 

And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul 
and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew 
Jonathan and two other of Saul's sons. 

^Hebrew, Nabai, fool. 

230 



And the battle went sore against Saul, and 
the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded 
of the archers. 

Then said Saul to his armor-bearer, Draw thy 
sword and thrust me through therewith. • • . 

But the armor-bearer would not; for he was 
sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword and 
fell upon it. 

And when his armor-bearer saw that Saul 
was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and 
died with him. 

So Saul died, and his three sons, and his 
armor-bearer, and all his men that same day 
together. 

"And then,'' continued Grandpa, "was 
given to the world perhaps the greatest threnody 
ever written:'' 

David 's Lamentation Over Saul and Jonathan 

Thy glory, O Israel, lies slain upon the high places, 
How are the mighty fallen! 

Tell it not in Gath, 
Publish it not in the streets of Askelon, 
Lest the daughters of the Philistines rejoice, 
Lest the daughters of the idolatrous triumph. 
Ye mountains of Gilboa, let no dew nor rain fall 
upon you. 

Ye fields and hills of death — 

231 



For there the shield of the mighty all stained was 

east away, — 
The shield of Saul as of one not anointed. 



Saul and Jonathan were lovely and pleasant in 

their lives, 
And in their death they were not divided. 

They were swifter than eagles. 
They were stronger than lions. 
Ye daughters of Israel, weep for Saul, 
Who clothed you with scarlet in splendor. 
Who put ornaments of gold upon your apparel. 
How are the mighty fallen in the midst of battle! 

Oh, Jonathan, slain upon the high places, 

I am distressed for thee, my brother Jonathan. 

Very dear hast thou been to me. 

Thy love to me was wonderful. 
More tender than the love of women. 

How are the mighty fallen 
And their weapons of war destroyed! 

— Courtesy of Maurice H. Harris. 

David was anointed king over the tribe 
of Judah, and Ish-bosheth, a son of Saul, over 
Israel. Then there was a long war between 
the houses of Saul and David; and David 
grew stronger and stronger, but the house of 
Saul grew weaker and weaker. At last Ish- 
bosheth was slain by two of his own men. 



Then all the tribes of Israel came to David, 
and said: 

"Behold, we are thy bone and thy 
flesh. In times past, when Saul was king 
over us, thou wast the one to lead out and 
bring back Israel; and the Lord said to 
thee. Thou shalt be a captain over my peo- 
ple Israel/' So they anointed David king over 
Israel. 

David was thirty years old when he began 
to reign, and he reigned forty years. In 
Hebron he reigned over Judah seven years and 
six months; and in Jerusalem he reigned thirty- 
three years over Israel and Judah. 

As soon as Grandpa had finished, Ben asked 
him if he knew when they were all to go to the 
farm. 

"Yes," said Grandpa, "your father and 
mother have decided that we are to go in a 
few days, as soon as your promotions are 
assured." 

"Oh, that is good!" exclaimed Belle. "And 
now. Grandpa, as you have never been to our 
school, won't you come to-morrow morning?" 

"What shall I see?" asked Grandpa. 

My class is going to give The Pied Piper 

^MMB^l^ ^^a^^^^^^ MH^^^^^^^^ 

233 



« 



of Hamelin in the form of a play," was Belle's 
reply. 

"I will come with pleasure/' replied Grandpa. 

To THE Pupils: 

Gat them up into the hold means got them 
up into the stronghold; a threnody is a song of 
sorrow. 

1. Copy the paragraph beginning "Soon she met 
David and his men." 

Copy the first two lines of the threnody ; also the 
eleventh and the twelfth. 

2. Make sentences by adding a different verb 
to each of these nouns: 

The bell . Niobe . The sun . 

A bee . A fish 

3. Make sentences by putting one noun before 
each verb: 

chirp. melts. 

sing. plays. 

walks. talks. 

To THE Teacher: 

Nos. 2 and 3 may be oral. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



234 



CHAPTER III 

When Grandpa went to school in the morn- 
ing, he saw the play: 

THE PIED PIPER OF HAMELINi 
Dramatis Personam 

Traveler Mayor and His Men 

Man He Meets Children 

Townspeople Lame Boy 

Pied Piper Rats 

ACT I 

Traveler: How many miles I am away from 
home! I have traveled for many weeks, 
and now I find myself in this Kttle 
town of Germany. Hamelin, it is called. 
{Looks about) It seems to be a pretty 
place and I'd like to see more of it — 
but wherever one goes, one must climb 
a hill. All the streets seem to lead up 
that big mountain. I never saw any 

^From **The Land of Make-Believe" Courtesy of Educational 
Publishing Company. 

235 



roof steeper than the side of that moun- 
tain. 

How slowly the river at its foot runs! It 
seems in no haste to get to the sea. 

Here comes some one who lives in 
the town. I'll tell him what a pretty- 
place I think it is, and perhaps he will 
stop and talk to me for a moment. {The 
two meet) What a pretty spot you have 
for your home! 

Man: It is a pretty town, to be sure. All 
the people who live here love it dearly, 
but we are afraid that we shall have to 
leave it. 

Traveler: And why should you have to leave 
it? Is there not enough work to be had? 

Man: Plenty. More than we can do. 

Traveler: Then what can it be that would 
drive you from so pleasant a home? 

Man: Rats! We are in great trouble because 
of the rats. We don't know what to do. 

Traveler: Rats? So many as to drive you 
from the town? 

Man: They will, if we can't find some way 
to kill them or to drive them away, for 
the town is full of great, big, dreadful- 

236 



looking rats. There are more of them 
than there are people in this town of ours ! 

Traveler: Where are all your cats and dogs? 
What are they doing to let the rats run 
wild? 

Man: These rats are the boldest things I ever 
saw. They even fight the dogs we set 
upon them, and they have killed every 
cat that tried to catch tjiem. 

Traveler : Dreadful ! And do they come into 
your houses? 

Man: Indeed they do. Even the poor little 
babies, sleeping in their cradles, have 
been bitten by the terrible creatures. 

Traveler: How can you keep them out of 
the pantries? I should think they'd get 
into the food. 

Man: Get into it? They carry a great deal 
of it right off. Whole cheeses, big ones 
too, have been taken from the factory 
where they are made. One cook was 
almost frightened to death, when two 
great rats jumped up and licked the ladle 
with which she was stirring the soup. 
She screamed so you could hear her half 
a mile away. 

237 



Traveler: I never heard anything Uke it in 
my life. How strong they must be! 

Man: Strong enough to spht open kegs that 
hold the salt fish they like. Several rats 
must work together to do it. 

Traveler : How they must frighten the women 
and children! Some women are afraid 
even of a little mouse. 

Man: The ladies have given up altogether 
the pleasant Uttle parties they used to 
have; for they cannot hear themselves 
speak, because of the squealing of the rats. 

Traveler: And the rats grow no less in num- 
ber? 

Man: More and more all the time, and bolder 
and bigger too. Unless something is 
done very soon we cannot stay in the 
town. It is pretty hard to be driven 
from your home and city by rats. 

Traveler: I never would be driven away by 
them. 

Man: But what would you do? 

Traveler: Drive them away, to be sure. 

Man: Yes, but Iww? That is what we have 
been trying to do for weeks. 

438 



Traveler: It is the business of your Mayor 
and the men who help him to find a way 
to free the city from rats. Why do 
you have a Mayor, if it is not to keep 
the city as it should be? Get all of the 
men of the town together. Go to the 
Town Hall and tell your Mayor he 
must do something. 

Man: I believe you are right. If the town 
were overrun with thieves, we should 
expect the Mayor and poUce to rid the 
town of them. Why not rats as well? 
Come. Help me get all the men to- 
gether at once. Let us lose no time. 
{The two men go off together.) 

ACT II 

Place: Mayor's office. 

(Mayor and men seated at table.) 

Mayor {to townsmen who enter room): Good 

morning, gentlemen. What can I do for 

you? 

First Man: We have come to ask you and 
your men to rid our town of this pest 
of rats. 

Mayor: We? What can we do more than 
you to drive them out? 

239 



First Man: We elected you to take care of 
the town. That is your business. Is this 
the best you can do? That is what we 
want to know. We do not think you know 
your business very well if you cannot 
find a way at once to make short work 
of the rats. 

Mayor: But, gentlemen, if I knew any way, 
or could think of any, the rats would 
have been driven out long ago. You 
must know that. 

First Man : This we know — that unless you 
do think of some plan very soon that will 
rid our town of this pest — neither you 
nor your men shall be paid another cent 
of our money. 

Mayor: But, my good man — What do 

Man: More than that, if you do not drive 
the rats away we mean to drive you 
and every one of your men oi\t of the 
town. 

Mayor : But wait ! What can 

First Man: Now that we have said our say, 
we will leave you to think what can be 
done. 

{Townspeople all march oviy leaving 
Mayor and his men much perplexed.) 

240 



Mayor: Do any of you know what we can do? 

First Man: How should we, any more than 
those men? 

Mayor: But they mean what they say. They 
will keep their word if we do not find 
a way. 

Second Man: Yes, we must find a way or 
they will send us packing — that is sure. 

Mayor: But what? But how? (Buries his 
face in his hands, sits perfectly still thinking 
— hears gentle rap at door — speaks in 
startled tone.) What's that? I am afraid 
to say, "Come in," for it only means more 
trouble for us. It is either some one to 
tell us about more dreadful things the 
rats have done, or else more men to tell 
us what we must do. 

(Another gentle rap — scraping of shoes 
on mat.) 

Mayor (at last calls): Come in! 

(Stranger enters^ and, as Mayor stares 
in astonishment at stranger, men comment 
among themselves on stranger's appearance.) 

First Man: The tallest, thinnest man I ever 
saw! 

Second Man: His eyes are as blue as summer 
skies, and as bright as diamonds. 

241 



Third Man: But they are so small they look 
like pin points. 

Fourth Man: Watch the smiles come and go 
about his lips. They are like flashes of 
sunlight. 

Fifth Man: There seems to be no breeze in 
the room, and yet something lifts his 
light hair, as it hangs about his shoulders. 

Sixth Man : The coat, men ! — the coat he 
wears! Did you ever see a queerer one? 

Seventh . Man : Or a longer one, from his head 
to his heels? 

First Man: Do my eyes see aright? Is it 
half red and half yellow? 

Second Man: The same as the scarf that is 
tied about his neck. 

Third Man: That seems to be a flute that 
hangs at the end of this gay scarf. 

Fourth Man: See how his flngers stray up 
and down his flute all the time. 

Fifth Man: As if he'd Uke to be playing on 
it. But, listen! The queer fellow is 
speaking to the Mayor at last. 

Piper: They tell me your town is overrun 
with rats. 



Mayor (nods sadly): What you heard is all 
too true, stranger. But why have you 
come to tell us what we already know 
only too well? 

Piper: I have rid other towns of rats and 
bats and ants and all other things which 
make trouble in a place. I can rid your 
city of every rat in it, many as there are. 

Mayor (springs to his feet — asks excitedly) : 
Who are you? Whence did you come? 
How are you going to do it? What is 
your plan? For how much will you do 
it? When can you begin? How soon 
can you begin? Can you do it at once? 

Piper: Listen a moment, Your Honor, and I'll 
tell you all you wish to know. Men 
call me the Pied Piper. I am able to 
make all things that creep or swim, or 
fly or run, follow me wherever I choose 
to lead them. If you will pay me one 
hundred dollars, I will rid your town of 
rats. 

Mayor: A hundred dollars! A small amount 
to be rid of the rats ! I am willing to give 
you almost anything. Five thousand if 
you do it, though I do not beUeve you 
can do what you promise. I do not 

243 



believe all those hundreds of rats will 
follow you. 

Piper: Five thousand, did you say. Your 
Honor? 

Mayor: Five thousand was what I said, and 
even that will be a small price to pay 
for getting rid of such a pest as we have 
had for weeks. 

Piper: It is a bargain then. 

Mayor: The five thousand shall be yours the 
moment the town is rid of every rat in it. 

ACT III 

(Piper steps to door and passes into 
streety playing shrill tune on his flute. 
The Mayor and his men^ and all the 
townspeople rush into street to watch.) 

First Man : Look ! Look ! The rats are surely 
following, as he said they would. 

Second Man : See them tumbUng out of those 
houses ! 

Third Man: And watch them scurry out of 
those stores! 

Fourth Man: It must be his strange music 
that calls them. 

Fifth Man: I never knew before that rats 

^44 



like music. What do you suppose the 
music sounds like in their ears? 

Sixth Man: At the rate they are following, 
it must sound like the scraping of good 
salt fish, and the pressing of juicy apples 
for cider. 

Seventh Man: No doubt to some the music 
sounds like the uncovering of pickle-jars, 
and fruit-cans being opened. 

Eighth Man: Or corks drawn from oil casks, 
and butter-tubs broken open. 

Ninth Man: Perhaps the music means to 
them that there will always be plenty 
to eat after this, and that they'll never 
be hungry again. 

Tenth Man : They are running now, as though 
the music bade them munch their big 
dinner, and crunch their fine supper, 
and fill themselves full at their luncheon. 

First Man: Did you ever see so many rats? 
And more are coming all the time. 

Second Man: All kinds of rats, big ones and 
little ones, fat ones and thin ones. 

Third Man: And so many different colors! 
Some are brown, and some are as black as a 
coal. The gray ones must be the old ones. 

245 



Fourth Man: Yes, some are so old they 
hobble, while the young ones frisk gaily 
along. 

Fifth Man : That strange piper has the whole 
Rat Family at his heels : fathers, mothers, 
uncles, cousins, brothers, sisters, hus- 
bands, wives! 

Sixth Man: He has been up or down every 
street in town. Now where will he take 
them, I wonder.^ 

Seventh Man: To the river! To the bank 
of the river! He means to drown them 
of course. 

Eighth Man: Yes, see! He has stepped 
quickly aside when he has got them to 
the water's edge. 

People (shout): Over they go! Every one of 
them! Down the bank into the river! 
Hurrah ! Hurrah ! 

Ninth Man: Now the rats are all drowned. 
At last our town is rid of the pest. Our 
homes are fit to live in again. 

Tenth Man: Let us have the bands play 
their liveliest tunes. {Some march about 
room^ drumming and singing to imitate 
band.) 

246 



First Man: Ring the bells in all the steeples! 
(Several imitate the ding-dong of bells.) 

Second Man: Louder! Louder! Ring them 
so hard the steeples rock. 

Third Man: Fire the cannon! (Several imi- 
tate boom! boom! of cannon.) 

Fourth Man: Come! Let us build bonfires 
as high as the houses. We can't do too 
much to show our joy. Those dreadful 
rats are drowned. 

Piper (comes up to Mayor and his men — 
standing together in crowded street): I 
have kept my promise, Your Honor, and 
I have come for the hundred dollars. 
I'll not ask the five thousand you prom- 
ised, because you thought the rats would 
not follow me. 

(Mayor and men look doubtfully at one 
another.) 

Mayor (to men) : It seems a good deal to pay, 
now that the rats are gone. 

First Man: The rats are dead. They cannot 
come back if we do not pay him. 

Second Man: Don't pay him. Tell him the 
hundred dollars was a joke. 

Mayor: Ha! Ha! So you thought I meant 

247 



that little joke about the hundred dollars, 
did you? Oh, no! That was a joke of 
mine. Very funny you believed it, wasn't 
it? (All laugh loudly except the Piper.) 
But we'll pay you something for your 
trouble. Go to the hotel and get a 
good dinner, the best you can order. 
We'll pay for it, and here is a dollar 
besides, my good fellow. A hundred 
dollars for playing a Uttle tune like that! 
I have paid you well now, with a dinner 
and a dollar. More than you'd get in 
most cities I can tell you. 

Piper: I do not enjoy your kind of jokes. 
Your Honor. They do not seem at all 
funny to me. I am in a hurry to reach 
another city by nightfall, so do not keep 
me waiting any longer. Give me my 
hundred dollars that I may start on my 
way. 

Mayor (shakes head angrily , roars out) : A hun- 
dred dollars? You beggar! Not one 
dollar more will I give you. Be ofif with 
you before I call the police. 

Piper : I will give you one more chance to keep 
your word to me. Then, if you do not 
give me my money, I'll play another 

248 



tune, the one I always play when people 
do not treat me fairly. For the last 
time I ask, will you give me my money? 

Mayor: Fellow! I have no money of yours. 
I owe you no money. I dare you to do 
your worst. Play till your old flute 
bursts for all I care. Do you think 
for one moment you can frighten the 
Mayor of Hamelin Town? 

{The Piper y without a word more, puts 
flute to lips and plays. People stop cele- 
brating to listen.) 

ACT IV 

First Man: Hark! That queer old Piper is 
playing again. Is he calling more rats? 

Second Man: This tune is not at all like the 
time that called the rats. 

Third Man: No indeed. This is as soft as 
the gentlest breeze in summer. 

Fourth Man: It is as sweet as the songs of 
birds. 

Fifth Man : But it is a strange tune. I never 
heard one like it before. 

Sixth Man: See! All the children are run- 
ning to him! Crowds of them have left 
their play to go to him. 

249 



Seventh Man: And look! They are follow- 
ing him, as he starts down the street. 

Eighth Man: What a pattering their little 
feet make, as they keep time to the music ! 

Ninth Man: What a great clattering their 
wooden shoes make, as they hurry along! 

Tenth Man : They all seem very happy about 
something, for they are clapping their 
hands for joy. 

First Man: How^ busily their little tongues 
are chattering, like the squirrels in the 
treetops. 

Second Man: They are gathering about the 
Piper, like hens in the farmyard about 
the one who feeds them. 

Third Man: How pretty the children of 

HameUn are! Roses are no redder than 

their cheeks! Gold is no brighter than 
their curls! 

Fourth Man : I believe the children of Hame- 
Un are the prettiest in the world, for 
their eyes are as blue as the summer skies, 
and are as bright as diamonds. 

Fifth Man: How they show their teeth, like 
snow-white pearls, when they laugh so 
merrily ! 

250 



Sixth Man: I begin to be worried at our 
children following this strange Piper. 
Don't you think we should call them 
back, Your Honor? 

Mayor: Some one should certainly call them 
back, for they are getting farther and 
farther from home all the time; and who 
knows where the strange fellow with his 
queer music will lead them? 

Seventh Man: Every child in the town is in 
the odd procession that follows at this 
Piper's heels. 

Mayor: Come, then, my men! Let us all go 
quickly after them and bring them home 
before harm befalls them. 

{All cry) : We are bewitched ! Alas ! 
Alas! The Piper has bewitched us. 

Eighth Man : We are all rooted to the ground. 

Ninth Man : We must stand like men of stone 
while this Piper steals our children before 
our very eyes! 

{All cry) : The river ! The river ! He 
is turning toward the river! 

Mayor: Can no one do anything? Our chil- 
dren will be drowned in the deep waters 
as the rats were a moment ago! 

251 



(All cry): He is turning again! Oh, . 
joy! He is turning away from the river. 

Mayor: And going toward the mountain. 

First Man: Our children are safe, for neither 
Kper nor they can climb over the top 
of that. 

Second Man: We need not worry any more. 
We'll soon see our little folks stop and 
then turn back home, when they find 
they can go no farther. 

(All cry) : But what is that? Can we 
believe our eyes? 

Mayor: The side of the mountain is opening! 

First Man: Surely that wonderful door was 
never there before. 

Second Man: It is swinging wide open to let 
him in. I hope he will go in and never 
be able to get out again. 

Third Man : He's gone in, but 

(All cry) : Our children! Our pretty 
babes are going in, too. We shall never 
see them again! 

First Man: There goes the last one now 

(All cry): What shall we do? The 
door is swinging shut! 

252 



Mayor: Now it is closed. I fear, in sooth, 
that the fathers and mothers of Hamelin 
Town will never see their little ones 
again. 

Fourth Man: What a sad town ours will be! 

Fifth Man: The saddest one in all the world, 
— a town that has no children in it. 

{All cry): How can we ever live 
without them? Oh, our children! Come 
back to us! 

Mayor: Let the bells in all the steeples be 
tolled for the rest of this sad day. Let 
the bands play their funeral music. 
Let us all go into the churches, and 
pray for ourselves and our little ones 
who have gone we know not where, — 
who are lost to us forever. 

Fifth Man (angrily) : This dreadful thing that 
has happened is all your fault. Your 
Honor. 

Sixth Man: It would never have happened 
if you had not broken your promise to 
the Piper. 

Seventh Man: If you had paid the fellow 
he would have gone ofif, and we should 
not now be crying for our lost children. 

253 



Mayor: What you say is true, my people. I 
should have kept my promise. It was 
very wrong to break it. I should have 
paid the hundred dollars that were his 
and let him go his way; but how could I 
know he was able to do this horrible 
thing if I did not give him his money? 
Five of my own little ones have followed 
the Piper into the mountain. 

Sixth Man: His Honor would never harm a 
child. 

Seventh Man: No, we all know he loves 
them dearly. 

Eighth Man: Every one knows that all the 
children are his friends. But who is this, 
coming toward us? 

{All cry): A child! Ojoy! A child! 

Ninth Man: Where are the rest? 

(All cry) : It is little lame Hans who 
lives near the church. 

(Hans comes up, looking very sad.) 

Hans: All my little friends are gone. I am 
the only child in Hamelin Town who did 
not pass through the wonderful door. 
I tried hard to get there before it closed; 
but I could not keep up with the others, 

254 



and fell so far behind that they did not 
even see me coming. 

Mayor: Tell us, my little man, why did you 
and all your Uttle friends leave your 
homes and the fathers and mothers who 
love you, to follow this Piper whom you 
never saw before to-day? 

Hans: The music the Piper played on his flute 
promised such beautiful things to all who 
would follow him. 

Mayor: What were some of the beautiful 
things the music promised you? 

Hans: It told of a land so near that we could 
easily walk to it; where the ripest and 
juiciest fruits grew, and every child could 
have all he could eat. There were 
flowers, too, of most wonderful colors, 
blossoming in the gardens. 

The sparrows that hopped about in 
the gardens were as gaily colored as any 
peacock you ever saw. The dogs that 
one would have for pets could run more 
swiftly than our fleetest deer. There 
were honey-bees buzzing about every 
flower, but we need not fear them, for 
not one had a sting. The horses in this 

255 



wonderful country had wings, as strong 
and swift as the eagles. 

But the music was sweetest of all to 
me when it whispered that, when once 
I reached this land, I should be as strong 
and well as other boys, and able to run 
and play with them, but (sadly) my lame 
foot carried me too slowly. 

The children all passed through the 
wonderful door in the mountainside, but 
it closed while I was yet a long way ofif. 
How lonely and dull I shall be all my 
life, wijth all my playmates gone. (Walks 
away.) 

Mayor: The only child in Hamelin Town! 
For I do not think we shall ever again 
hear the music of the strange Piper in 
our streets. I fear the wonderful door 
in the mountain will never open agq^in. 
Our eyes will never again look upon our 
children's faces. Come, my poor people, 
let us go to our sad and lonely homes, 
for the night is coming on. As long as I 
live, I have this to remember: Had I 
not broken my promise to the Piper, 
all might have been well with our 
children. 

a56 



To THE Pupils: 

Pick out the nouns in the first and the second 
paragraphs. 

Dramatis personam: the persons in the play. 

To THE Teacher: 

Have the pupils exchange papers, and check 
mistakes, as you call off the nouns in order. Have 
the pupils compare the dramatized version with 
the original. 

In casting the parts, have all your pupils take 
part. In other words, you may have two or three 
companies. 

You will need two property men, who should be 
responsible for your properties. There should he 
a safe place in which to keep the properties. 



257 



THIRTY-NINTH EVENING 

"Well, children, I enjoyed the play very 
much," remarked Grandpa as the children 
gathered around him. 

"If it hadn't rained so hard, more people 
would have come to see it, I think,'' said Belle. 

"No doubt," replied Grandpa. "But you 
know we can't have fine weather all the time. 
Rain is very necessary. Do you know what 
the English poet, Shelley, says of rain?" 

None of the children knew, so Grandpa re- 
peated to them some lines from Shelley's poem: 

The Cloud 

I bring fresh showers for the thirsty flowers. 

From the seas and the streams; 
I bear light shade for the leaves when laid 

In their noonday dreams. 
From my wings are shaken the dews that waken 

The sweet buds every one. 
When rocked to rest on their mother's breast 

As she dances about in the sun. 
I wield the flail of the lashing hail 

And whiten the green plains under; 
And then again I dissolve it in rain 

And laugh as I pass in thunder. 

258 



That orbed maiden with white fire laden. 

Whom mortals call the moon. 
Glides glimmering o'er my fleece-like floor 

By the midnight breezes strewn; 
And wherever the beat of her unseen feet. 

Which only the angels hear. 
May have broken the woof of my tent's thin roof, 

The stars peep behind her and peer; 
And 1 laugh to see them whirl and flee, 

like a swarm of golden bees, 
When I widen the rent in my wind-built tent, 
• Till the calm rivers, lakes, and seas, 
like strips of the sky fallen through me on high. 

Are each paved with the moon and these. 

Just as Grandpa finished repeating Shelley's 
lines, Father and Mother came into the room 
to tell the children that they were all going to 
the farm a week from that day. 

"Oh, ho!" said Grandpa, "no more stories 
until we get to the farm. You little folks will 
need all the time to get ready." 



260 



CHAPTER IV 

It was their first morning at the farm. 

The children were up bright and early. 
They bathed, and dressed themselves as quickly 
as possible; for, looking out of the window, 
they could see Grandpa waiting for them in 
the garden. 

Down they rushed to meet him, with 
"Good-morning, Grandpa." 

*' Good-morning, children. I have been up 
since sunrise. It has been so beautiful that 
it brought to my mind those wonderful lines of 
Milton about a May morning." 

"What are they, Grandpa.^" asked Ben. 

Grandpa recited 

May Morning 

Now the bright morning star, day's harbinger, 
Comes dancing from the east, and leads with her 
The flowery May, who from her green lap throws 
The yellow cowslip and the pale primrose. 
Hail, bount eous May ! that doth inspire 
Mirth and youth and warm desire; 



Woods and groves are of thy dressing. 
Hill and dale doth boast thy blessing. 
Thus we salute thee with our early song. 
And welcome thee, and wish thee long. 

"I am going to copy that into my common- 
place book, Grandpa, it is so beautiful,'' said 
Belle. 

"A good idea," replied Grandpa. "Should 
you like to take a walk in the woods this morn- 
ing after breakfast?" 

"The very thing!" they exclaimed, as they 
trooped in to the sound of the breakfast bell. 

"Now, children, we must be as quiet as 
possible, when we get into the woods. Above 
all, do not make any sudden motions with the 
hands when you see a bird," was Grandpa's 
advice as they started ofif. 

Soon they reached the wood. Hardly had 
they set foot in it, when they heard a rat'tat-tat. 

"A woodpecker," whispered Grandpa. 

They all stood still, and looked in the 
direction of the sound. Soon their patience was 
rewarded, for they saw a downy woodpecker, 
in his black and white uniform, industriously 
seeking his breakfast of grubs in the bark of an 
elm. 



They watched him for some time, in fact 
until he went to another tree for more breakfast. 

Just then a robin flew by, his red breast telling 
who he was, and right behind him came another 
bird, smaller than a sparrow and yellow in color. 

He alighted in a tree close by, and Grandpa 
had an opportunity of noting his color. When 
he saw that the little feiiow was yellow below, 
and yellow tinged with green above, he knew 
it was a yellow warbler, and told the children 
so, adding that many people call it the wild 
canary . 



As they walked farther on in the woods, 
they heard the plaintive notes of the peewee, 
whose name and note are the same. 

From the treetops nearby came a sweet song: 
"You see it? You know it? Do you hear me?" 
It took some time to spy out the singer, but 
finally Grandpa and the children could get 
glimpses of him as he flitted constantly to and 
fro in search of insects. 

The little bird was white below, olive green 
above, and had an ash-colored cap, bordered by 
black and white lines, the lowest white line 
264 



just over his red eye. Grandpa whispered, 
"A red-eyed vireo." 

But just then a robin began to sing. 
"What does he say?" asked Grandpa. 

The children listened intently, and May 
said, after a few minutes, "He says *Yuro- 
huro, yuro-huro, yuro-huro!' " 



"Then we must hasten home. An old 
friend of mine, an Indian chief of the Mohawk 
tribe, Te-ka-hion-wa-ke (Double Wampimi) by 
265 



name, told me that whenever the robin sings 
that song, it will surely rain." 

"Why?" asked all the children. 

"I don't know. All I know is that anything 
Te-ka-hion-wa-ke tells me, I beUeve." 

So oflp they started for home, and as they 
walked along, Grandpa told the children they 
should protect the birds in every way possible. 

"How can we do it?" they asked. 

"Well," replied Grandpa, "you can build 
bird-houses, and place water where the birds 
can get it easily. You can also fasten beef fat 
to the branches of trees as food for them, es- 
pecially in winter, and you can protect them 
from cats and other enemies." 

"We will do all those things. Grandpa,'* 
said the children. 

"Another thing. Never capture a bird, to 
put it into a cage. Should you be tempted to do 
so, remember John Keats ' poem, "The Dove." 

The Dove 

I had a dove, and the sweet dove died; 
And I have thought it died of grieving; 
Oh, what could it grieve for? Its feet were tied 
With a silken thread of my own hand's weaving; 
Sweet little red feet! Why should you die, — 

266 



Why would you leave me, sweet bird, why? 
You lived alone in the forest tree. 
Why, pretty thing, would you not live with me? 
I kissed you oft and gave you white peas; 
Why not live sweetly as in the green trees? 

Hardly had they reached home when it 
began to rain. So the robin proved a true 
prophet. 

"Now, children, to-night our story telling 
begins again," remarked Grandpa, as he hung 
up his hat. 

To THE Pupils: v 

Prophet, one who foretells. 
Copy the first four Hues of Milton^s "May 
Morning." Copy also Keats' "The Dove.'' 

Copy "A prophet is not without honor, save 
in his own coimtry, and among his own kin, and in 
his own home/' — Bible. 

To THE Teacher: 

Criticise the copied work of the pupils as you 
pass among them. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



267 



FORTIETH EVENING 

It was a beautiful moonlight evening, and 
the family had gone out on the porch. 

They sat in silence for some time, enjoying 
the beauty of the night. Suddenly, May, who 
was sitting at Grandpa's knee, looked up at 
him and asked: '*Are there fairies. Grandpa?'* 

And Grandpa said 

There Are Faeries. 



There are faeries, bright of eye. 

Who the wild flowers' warders are: 
Ouphes, that chase the firefly; 

Elves, that ride the shooting-star; 
Fays, who in a cobweb lie. 

Swinging on a moonbeam bar; 
Or who harness bumblebees, 
Grumbling on the clover leas. 
To a blossom or a breeze — 

That's their faery car. 
If you care, you too may see 
There are faeries. — Verily, 

There are faeries. 

269 



There are faeries. I could swear 
I have seen them busy, where 
Roses loose their scented hair, 

In the moonlight, weaving, weaving. 
Out of starlight and the dew. 
Glinting gown and shimmering shoe; 
Or, within a glowworm lair. 

From the dark earth slowly heaving 
Mushrooms whiter than the moon. 
On whose tops they sit and croon 
With their grig-like mandolins. 
To fair faery lady kins . 
Leaning from the windowsill 
Of a rose or daffodil, 
Listening to their serenade 
2T0 



All of cricket-music made. 
Follow me, oh, follow me! 
Ho! away to Faerie! 
Where your eyes like mine may see 
There are faeries. — Verily, 
There are faeries. 



Ill 



There are faeries. Elves that swing 

In a wild and rainbow ring 

Through the air; or mount the wing 

Of a bat to courier news 

To the faery King and Queen; 

Fays, who stretch the gossamers 

On which twilight hangs tlTdews; 

Who within the moonlight sheen. 

Whisper dimly in the ears^ 

Of the flowers words so sweet 

That their hearts are turned to musk 

And to honey; things that beat 

In their veins of gold and blue: 

Ouphes, that shepherd moths of dusk — 

Soft of wing and gray of hue — 

Forth to pasture on the dew. 

IV 

There are faeries; verily; 

Verily: 
For the old owl in the tree> 

Hollow tree. 
He who maketh melody 

271 



For them tripping merrily, 

Told it me. 
There are faeries. — Verily, 

There are faeries. 

— Madison Cawein. 

Courtesy of the author and publisher. (Copy right, 
1911, by The Macmillan Co.) 



"Well, folks!" said Grandpa, looking at 
his watch, "if we wait here much longer, we 
shall surely see the fairies. It will soon be 
the time that Joseph Rodman Drake tells of.'' 

And Grandpa recited from 

The Culprit Fay. 

'Tis the hour of fairy ban and spell. 

The woodtick has kept the minutes well; 

He has counted them all with click and stroke. 

Deep in the heart of the mountain oak, 
And he has awakened the sentry elve 

Who sleeps with him in the haunted tree. 
To bid him ring the hour of twelve, 

And call the fays to their revelry; 
Twelve small strokes on his tinkling bell — 
('Twas made of the white snail's pearly shell) 
* 'Midnight comes, and all is well! 
Hither, hither, wing your way!" 
'Tis the dawn of the fairy day. 

"It is time to go in," said Grandpa; and 
then the party broke up. 



To THE Pupils: 

Mr. Cawein uses an old-fashioned spelling, 

faeries. Ouphes (oo), fairies; verily, truly; 

grig, a cricket or grasshopper; to courier, to 
carry. 

Copy: Trust in the Lord and do good; so shalt 
thou dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed. 

— Psalms 37:3. 

Copy also the fourth stanza of Madison Cawein's 
poem. 

To THE Teacher: 

Inspect the work as you pass around the room. 



273 



FORTY-FIRST EVENING 

The children were seated at the table en- 
gaged m readmg, while awaiting Grandpa's 
arrival. 

When he came in, he seated himself, say- 
ing, • "Well, children, you seem to be very 
busy/* 

They laid their books aside and Belle said, 
**I am reading a very interesting sea-tale." 

"Who is the author?" asked Grandpa. 

"Clark Russell," was the reply. "In one 
place he says: 'The man at the wheel was 
told to steer by the North Star.' Why was 
that. Grandpa?" 

"They evidently wished the ship to sail 
toward the north. The North Star is so easily 
seen, that it is often used as a guide." 

"Grandpa," said Ben, "won't you show us 
how to find the North Star? " 

"I shall be very glad to do so, Ben. Come 
out where we can see it." 



So they went out of doors, and Grandpa 
pointed out to them, in the northern heavens, 
the constellation of the Big Dipper. 

As soon as each one had found it, Grandpa 
said, "The two stars of the edge of the dipper 
opposite the handle, point toward the North 
Star." 



>. >* 



* 
« 





.'■^ 



,'*' 



* * • 



* 









THE BIG DIFFER 



In a minute, each had found the North 
Star, too, and Grandpa had them make this 
drawing, so that they would not forget. 

"Now," said he, when they had finished, 
"the next clear night I shall show you some 
other constellations, if you wish. They can be 
seen better here in the country than in the 
city." 

"Thank you very much," replied the chil- 
dren. 

"Oh, Grandpa! I like the country!" said 

275 



May, *'I have had such fun feeding the chick- 



ens. 



iC 



a 



it 



And what have you promised to take 
care of, Belle?'' 

The lambs and the calves," was her reply. 

Your speaking of lambs brings something 
to my mind. I am going to tell you a story." 

Jason and the Golden Fleece. 

Jason's father, Aeson, a king of lolchos in 
Thessaly, was thrown into prison by his half- 
brother Pelias, when Jason was a baby. 

PeUas at the same time tried to kill Jason, 
but the baby was taken by Chiron , the centaur, 
who cared for him and brought him up. Pelias 
took Aeson's throne. 

When Jason was a young man he made up 
his mind to take the throne from the wicked 
Pelias, so he left Chiron and started on his 
journey. Before setting out he put on a pair 
of beautiful new sandals. 

On the way he came to a very swift river, 
and there on the bank stood an ugly old 
woman. She was weeping because the current 
was so rapid that she could not ford the stream. 

When she saw Jason, young and strong, 

276 



she asked him to carry her over. Now Jason 
had been taught by Chiron to be kind to old 
and helpless people; so he took the old woman 
on his back and began the passage of the stream. 

When he was halfway over, his feet stuck 
in the muddy bottom, and when he reached the 
shore on the other side, he discovered that he 
had lost one of his 
new sandals. 

However, he 
went on his way, 
and when he 
reached the pal- 
ace of PeUas, he 
demanded the 
kingdom which 
had belonged to 
his father. 

Now, years be- 
fore, it had been 
foretold that a 
man wearing only 

° " OB 

one sandal would 
one day come and take the kingdom from 
Pelias. So the false king was not greatly sur- 
prised when Jason appeared with one sandal 
missing. But he at once began to think of some 
277 



way to prevent Jason from taking the throne 
from him. Suddenly there came to his mind 
the golden fleece. 

This fleece was kept hanging from an oak 
tree in a distant grove, which was sacred to 
the god Mars. It was the skin of a sheep 
which Mercury had once given to a goddess, 
and day and night it was carefully guarded 
by a fierce dragon. 

Pehas told Jason that he would give him 
the kingdom if he would first bring the golden 
fleece to lolchos. This, he thought, the young 
naan could never do. 

Jason built a fine large ship, which he 
called the Argo. He gathered together all the 
heroes of Greece to go with him. Among these 
was Hercules. They were called the Arg onauts . 

They started on their long voyage, and, 
after many adventures, arrived at a place 
ruled by a blind prince. This prince was a 
famous prophet, but he was most unhappy. 
Some years before the Argonauts visited him, 
he had, in a fit of rage, put out the eyes of his 
two sons. The gods, as a punishment, blinded 
him, also, and sent Harpies to torment him. 

The Harpies were horrible monsters with 

a78 



the faces of women, and the bodies of birds of 
prey. They hovered around the unfortunate 
prince, and when food was set before him, they 
either seized and devoured it, or made it unfit 
to eat. Thus the prince passed his days in 
misery. 



Jason and his Argonauts went ashore to 
ask the prince's advice about their journey. 
He promised to help them, if they, in return, 
would drive away the Harpies. 

Jason ordered a feast to be prepared, and 
as soon as it was ready the Harpies descended 
with a great noise. 

Now two of the Argonauts were sons of the 
279 



god of the wind, and they wore powerful wings. 
So these two drew their swords and attacked 
the feathered women. The Harpies flew away, 
but the sons of the wind-god followed them 
over sea and land, and captured them. 

Then the winged Argonauts returned, and, 
the blind prince having given them directions, 
Jason and his companions continued their 
journey. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Draw the constellation of the Big Dipper, 
and the North Star. 

Tell how you found the North Star the last 
time you looked for it. 

2. Make the following sentences longer. In 
other words, expand them by adding modifiers to 
each noun and each verb. 

The bell rings. The fire bums. 

Parrot talked. Pussy scratched. 

Scholars improve. 

To THE Teacher: 

Have the pupils prepare for the oral composition 
work by studying the northern heavens on a clear 
night. Individual criticism in exercise 2. Have the 
best read aloud. 



aao 



FORTY-SECOND EVENING 

*' Children," said Grandpa, "I read a poem 
to-day that impressed me deeply. It shows 
me how much you children should get out of 
the country. Here it is." 

And he read 

ThS Oracle 

I lay upon the summer grass. 

A golden-haired, sunny child came by, 
And looked at me, as loath to pass. 

With questions in her lingering eye. 

She stopped and wavered, then drew near, 
(Ah! the pale gold around her head!) 

And o'er my shoulder stooped to peer, 
"Why do you read?" she said. 



t( 



I read a poet of olden time. 

Who sang through all his living hours — 
Beauty of earth — the stream, the flowers - 

And stars, more lovely than his rhyme. 

"And now I read him, since men go. 
Forgetful of these sweetest things; 

Since he and I love brooks that flow. 

And dawns, and bees, and flash of wings! 

281 



»» 



She stared at me with laughing look. 

Then clasped her hands upon her knees: 
"How strange to read it in a book! 
I could have told you all of these!" 
'From ''The Earth Passioriy^ by Arthur Davison 
Ficke. Courtesy of the Samurai PresSy Cranleighy 
Surrey^ England. 

And now let us go on with Jason and his 
search for the golden fleece : 

In due time they arrived at a narrow open- 
ing that leads into the Black Sea, and here they 
had to overcome a far worse danger than the 
Harpies. 

In this narrow place were two huge rocks 
which whirled around on their bases and caught 
and crushed any ship that attempted to go 
through the passage. 

Now the blind prince had given Jason a 
dove, and had told him to send the dove through 
this dangerous place. The rocks, he said, 
would come together and try to crush the dove. 
Then, as they slowly swimg apart, Jason and 
the other Argonauts must row the Argo through 
at top speed, before the rocks could close on 
them. 

Jason carried out the prince's directions 
carefully, and as the dove entered the 
passage the rocks came together with a noise 



like the rumbling of thunder. Then, slowly, 
slowly, they swung open. 

This was the moment for which the 
Argonauts had been waiting. Quick as a flash, 
they rowed the Argo through. They were not a 
second too soon, for the immense rocks whirled 
together and crushed the rudder of the ship. But 
the heroes were thankful to have escaped with 
so Uttle damage. 

The rocks have never moved since; for 
thus it was fated to be, if once a ship passed 
through. 

After many more adventures they arrived 
at the country where the golden fleece hung in 
the grove of Mars. Here, more trouble awaited 
them. 

Jason went at once to the king of the coun- 
try, jEetes , and told him what was wanted. 
iEetes answered that Jason might have the 
golden fleece, if he could perform several diflB- 
cult feats: 

First, he must tame and yoke to a plow 
two wild bulls, that had brass hoofs and breathed 
out fire. Secondly, he must plow with them 
a piece of land. Thirdly, he must kill a horrible 
serpent and sow some of its teeth in the land he 
had plowed. From these teeth there would 

283 



spring up a crop of powerful warriors, and these 
also Jason must kill. 

If he were successful in all these things, he 
might then confront the dragon that guarded 
the golden fleece. 

Now the king, iEetes, had a daughter named 
Medea, who was an enchantress, and who loved 
Jason very deeply. She determined to help him 
to perform the tasks which her father had set 
him, in order that he might nvin the golden 
fleece. 

First, she gave him an ointment to rub on 
his body. This was to protect him from the 
fire that the bulls breathed out. With this aid, 
Jason seized and harnessed the bulls and plowed 
the field. 

When the armed warriors sprang up, Jason, 
by the order of Medea, threw huge stones at 
them. Each warrior then thought that one of 
his comrades had stoned him, so they began to 
fight among themselves, and ended by killing 
one another. 

After the tasks were performed, -^etes told 
Jason that the next day he might go to the 
grove of Mars and take the golden fleece. The 
king, however, hoped that the dragon woidd put 
an end to Jason. 

a84 



Medea warned Jason not to waste a mo- 
ment, because her father had planned to at- 
tack the Argonauts that night, and to bum their 
ship. 

So she led him at once to the garden, and 
charmed the dragon to sleep with her magic 
drugs. 

Then Jason took the golden fleece, and be- 
fore dawn the Argo and the Argonauts were 
ax sea. 

After many more exciting adventures they 
arrived at the kingdom of lolchos in Thessaly, 
to find that the wicked Pelias had killed Jason's 
father during their absence. He had felt sure 

4 

that Jason would never return, and that he 
would be safe on the throne for many, many 
years. 

Jason said nothing, and deUvered to Pelias 
the golden fleece. But Medea, who had re- 
turned with Jason, caused the wicked Pelias to 
be put to death by his own daughters. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Copy the last stanza of '^The Oracle.'' 

2. Aeetes. 

3. How many sentences in the paragraph be- 
ginning "First she gave him." Sentences grouped 
in a paragraph must be closely connected in thought. 

ass 



The paragraph should deal with but one idea or 
topic. 

What is the idea or thought in the stanza 
you have just copied? 

How is the beginning of a paragraph marked? 

4. Write a short composition of three para- 
graphs, as follows: 

The Biography of a Horse. 

(a.) A colt in the country. 

(b.) Sold to a man in the city. 

(c.) After three years, resold to a man in the 
country. 

To THE Teacher: 

Exercises 2 and 3 should be oral. 



287 



FORTY-THIRD EVENING 

Grandpa had been away for some time. 
It was near the end of Jime when he came back. 
As he approached the house, he saw that they 
were waiting for him on the lawn. 

"Let us sit down under the hnden," said 
Grandpa after the first greetings, "as I feel a 
little tired after my journey.'* 

"Well, Grandpa," said Ben, "we all hope 
you had a pleasant time.'* 

Yes, thank you, I did," rephed Grandpa. 
But it is always pleasanter to come home 
than it is to go away from it." 

"Won't you show us a new constellation 
this evening. Grandpa?" asked May. 

"Certainly. By the way, what was the 
name of Andromeda's mother?" 

Cassiopeia," quickly replied Belle. 

You will find her — the Lady in the 
Chair, as she is called — on the opposite side of 
the North Star from the Pointers. This group 
of stars looks Hke a large W. 

a88 






« 



<( 



"Between the Pole Star and the Dipper, 
you will see two small stars. These are called 
'The Guards.' 

"The stars all appear to circle around the 
North or Pole Star. Make a drawing like 
this": and Grandpa handed them one. 

"Now stick a 
pin through the 
North Star, and 
turn the picture 
around. In this 
way you will get 
an idea of how 
the stars in this 
part of the sky ap- 
pear to move. 

"You will find 
that no matter in 
what part of the 
sky the stars may 
be, or whether it be 
during summer or 

, CONBTELLATION OF CASSIOPEIA 

Winter, the Guards 

will always be in a position between the Big 

Dipper and the Pole Star. 

"To-morrow night we will look for Perseus 
and Andromeda. And now that I am rested, 



suppose we go into the house, and have some 
music." 

They wen,t into the house, and after a while 
Grandpa seated himself at the piano, saying : 

"Suppose we sing The Linden Tree." 



THE LESTDEN TREE. 



i 



German Folk Song 
Fr. Schubert 



Arr. by Clara L. Purcell 



23 



g s-.g 1 1 : -4— 



r/ 1 



XX") 



1. By the well 

2. To - day 

3. Now man 



be -fore the door - way There 
I now must wan - der All 
y leagues I'm far from The 



$ 



^m 



m 



fri 



T 



i i i 



stands a lin-den tree, How oft 
thro' the deep -est night; I pass'd 

dear old lin-den tree, I ev 



be- 


neath 


its 


it 


in 


the 


er 


hear 


it 




p 



shad - ow Sweet dreams have come to me; Up - 

dark - ness, 'Twas hid - den from my sight. The 
mur - mur: Peace thou wouldst find with me. Tho' 

J N— , 



rt 



t=^ 



^m 



t 



^ 



on its bark when mu - sing Fond words of love I 
branch-es rust - led gent - ly, As if they ^x)ke to 
ma - ny leagues I 'm far from The , dear old lin - den 



i/^ J 



* 



W 



t=i^ 



m 



t 



made. And 
me: Come 
trecj I 



joy 


a - 


Uke 


and 


sor - row 


StiU 


here. 


be - 


lov'd 


com • 


■ pan - ion. 


Here 


ev - 


er 


hear 


it 


mur - mur, 


Peace 



aao 




s 



f; ; i\ ^ [hdJi^ i nn j* i] 



drew me to its shade, Still drew me to its shade, 
peace shall smile on thee, Here peace shall smile on thee, 
thou wouldst find with me, Peace thou wouldst find with me. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Make the drawing that Grandpa suggested. 

2. Copy the part you sing. 

3. There are three sentences in the following 
paragraph. Rewrite it, putting in the capitals and 
punctuation marks: how is it my dear inquired a 
teacher of a little girl that you dont understand this 
simple thing the little girl replied I dont know in- 
deed sometimes however i think i have so many 
things to learn that i havent time to understand. 

To THE Teacher: 

If this constellation is drawn on oak-tag, the 
drawing will be useful to the children later. 

Corrections in 2 and 3 should be made from 
the Bb. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



291 



FORTY-FOURTH EVENING 

"Before we go out to look for the constel- 
lations of Perseus and Andromeda," said Grand- 
pa, let us look at this drawing. 

"Remember that Cassiopeia is on the other 
side of the North Star from the Big Dipper. 



CONBTXLUTIOMS 



Having found Cassiopeia, you will have no 
trouble finding Andromeda, who is very near 
her mother." 

Each child made a drawing similar to that 



shown them by Grandpa, and then went out of 
doors to find the constellations in the heavens. 

Finding the North Star first, they soon lo- 
cated the constellations for which they were 
looking. 

It was a glorious night. The soft rays 
of the moon bathed the landscape in a mel- 
low Ught. A gentle zephyr from the west 
breathed through the branches of the linden, while 
their dark shadows moved to and fro on the 
moonlit grass. 

They stood in silence for some time, and 
then Grandpa repeated in a low voice: "The 
heavens declare the glory of God, and the 
firmament showeth His handiwork." 

They walked slowly back to the house. En- 
tering, they found Father and Mother seated at 
the table in the sitting-room, whom they told of 
the beauty of the night. 

"Indeed," said Grandpa, "it brought to my 
mind those beautiful lines of Hu Maxwell : 

And the stars in their beauty were shining 
above 
From the fields of the limitless sky; 
And the zephyrs came whispering whispers of 
love 
As soft as llie breath of a sigh. 

293 



"Do you wonder that the Greeks have so 
many stories about the beauties of nature? By 
the way, I have never told you of the creatures 
that peopled the woods and the streams in those 
old days, have I?" 

"No, Grandpa!" was the reply, in chorus. 

"Then * Listen my children, and you shall 
hear'": 

The Satyrs lived in the deep forests, and 
spent their time hunting and dancing. Like 
Pan, the musician, they had small horns on 
their foreheads, and the lower part of their 
bodies was goat-like in form. 

The beauty of nature gave rise to the idea 
of nymphs, joyous and graceful creatures, 
having the appearance of beautiful maidens, 
and dwelling in the forests and streams, moun- 
tains and valleys. 

The mountain-nymphs were called Oreads . 
They were bold, swift, and graceful, and at- 
tended Diana, the goddess of the chase. 

The Naiads were nymphs of the springs, 
streams, and lakes, and were closely con- 
nected with the water lilies. 

The Oreads and the Naiads were immor- 
tal, just as the mountains en dure and the 

294 



streams "go on forever." But the Dryads, 
or tree-nymphs, came into being with the tree 
that formed the dweUing place of each. When 
the tree was destroyed, the Dryad perished. 

The Ham adryads are connected with the 
oak tree. Pomona , however, although she was 
a Hamadryad and the special guardian of the 
apple tree, took care of all fruit trees. 

One of our southern poets, Madison Cawein, 
tells of the Hamadryad in his poem "Deep in 
the Forest.'' 

She stood among the longest ferns 
The valley held; and in her hand 

One blossom, like the light that bums 
Vermilion o'er a sunset land; 

And round her hair a twisted band 

Of pink-pierced mountain-laurel blooms. 

The story of Dr yope shows how those who 
destroyed a tree or plant were punished. 

One day, when Dryope with her sister, 
lole, and her little son, was gathering flowers 
to decorate the altars of the nymphs, she saw 
a lotus plant growing near the water. 

She plucked some of the purple blossoms, 
and gave them to the child. lole noticed that 
the plant was bleeding, and called her sister's 

^96 



attention to it. The plant was the dwelling- 
place of the nymph Lotis. 

Dryope turned to flee; but it was too late. 
She was already changed into a lotus plant, 
and rooted to the spot. 



{Sir Edward Bume-Jonea) A WOOD NIMPK 

While still able to speak, she begged that 
she might be shielded from harm, and that 
her son might often be brought to play by her 
side, and taught to protect every plant and 
flower. 

297 



''And I, children, am like the poet. Hear 
what he says," went on Grandpa: 

Beauty and Art 

The gods are dead; but still for me 

Lives on in wildwood brook and tree 
Each myth, each old divinity. 

For me still laughs among the rocks 
The Naiad; and the Dryad's locks 
Drop perfume on the wild flower flocks. 

The Satyr's hoof still prints the loam; 

And, whiter than the wind-blown foam, 
The Oread haunts her mountain home. 

To him, whose mind is fain to dwell 
With loveliness, no time can quell, 
All things are real, imperishable. 

To him — whatever facts may say — 
Who sees the soul beneath the clay. 
Sees proof of a diviner day. 

The very stars and flowers preach 
A gospel old as God, and teach 
Philosophy a child may reach; 

That cannot die; that shall not cease; 

That lives through idealities 
Of Beauty, ev'n as Rome and Greece; 

That lifts the soul above the clod. 
And, working out some period 

Of art, is part and proof of God. 
— From poems by Madison Cawein, (Copyright 1911 
by the Macmillan Co., New York.) 

a98 



To THE Pupils: 

1. Satyr, (sa'ter); cascade, a small waterfall; 
oread, (6' r^ M); Diana, (di Sn' a;) naiad, (na'- 
ySd); dryad, (dri'Sd); hamadryad, (Mm' a dri ad); 
Pomona, (p5mo'na); vermilion means a brilliant 
red; Dryope, (dri' 6 pe); lole, (i' 6 le;) quell means 
to subdue, to overpower; gospel, glad tidings or 
news; philosophy, love of wisdom. 

2. (a.) What things do: 

Hercules killed Antaeus. 

The Dryad's locks drop perfume. 

The carpenter made the box. 

Tom wrote the letter. 

Bees make honey. 

The pitcher hit the batter. 

(b.) What is done to things: 

Antaeus was killed by Hercules. 

Put the headings What things do and What is 
done to things at the top of your paper. Copy the 
sentences under (a.) under their proper heading. 
Then change the form of each sentence to correspond 
to the sentence under (b.) and write it opposite its 
original, under the heading What is done to things. 

To THE Teacher: 

Exercise 1 will give phonic drill. Exercise 2 
may be either written or oral. It is a good black- 
board exercise. 



299 



FORTY-FIFTH EVENING 

"Oh, Grandpa," said Belle, "we children 
are going to give a play in the open air. It has 
been a secret until now, because we have been 
rehearsing." 

"What!" exclaimed Grandpa, "only you 
and May and Ben?" 

"Oh, no! All the neighbors' children are 
in it, too," was the reply. 

"When will it take place?" asked Grandpa. 

"The day after to-morrow," was Belle's 
answer. 

"All right, you will see me there," rephed 
he. 

"Grandpa," said May, "do you know that 
June will soon be gone? I am so sorry. It is 
such a beautiful month." 

"Well may you say that, little one. I am 
reminded of a poem I learned when I was as 
small as you, and felt just as you do about 
June." 

300 



"Oh, won't you tell it to us. Grandpa?" 
So Grandpa repeated 

Slower, Sweet June 

Slower! sweet June, 
Each step more slow; 
Linger and loiter as you go; 
Linger a little while to dream. 
Or see yourself in yonder stream. 
Fly not across the Summer so. 
Sweet June! be slow. 

Slower! sweet June, 
Oh, slower yet; 

It is so long since we have met, 
So long ere we shall meet again; 
Let the few days that still remain 
Be longer, longer, as they flow, 
Sweet June! be slow. 

Slower! sweet June, 
And slower still; 

Let all your matchless beauty thrill 
My soul! Stretch out this day so bright. 
Far, far along midsummer's height. 
Till sunset back to sunrise glow. 
Sweet June! be slow. 

Slower! sweet June, 

Yes, wait awhile; 

The meadow stars look up and smile 

That you are here; the grasses bend 

301 



Their heads to greet their dearest friend 
And say, "She taught us how to grow/' 
Sweet June! be slow. 

Slower! sweet June, 
Your footsteps bear 
An echoing gladness everywhere; 
The robin hears it in his nest 
And answers, "June, dear June, is best/' 
The rippling brooks your presence know. 
Sweet June! be slow. 

Slower! sweet June, 
Turn on your track 
And send your fragrant blossoms back; 
Give me one violet more, I pray; 
One apple bloom, one lily spray; 
Teach one more rosebud how to blow. 
Sweet June! be slow. 

Slower! sweet June, 

Again,! cry; 

She does not stop to say goodbye. 

But toward the North or toward the South 

She turns; I seek her rosy mouth 

For one more kiss; I press her hair 

And know, alas! she is not there. 

To THE Pupils: 
1. Copy the third stanza. 

30a 



2. 
What things do. What is done to things. 

Ben made the box The box was made by Ben. 

A concert was given by the 
orchestra. 

Her dolls are loved by May. 

His pigeons were forgotten 
by Ben. 

A good story was told by 
Grandpa. 

The red-eyed vireo is known 
to me. 

Copy the sentences under **What is done to 
things.^^ Then change the form of each, so that it 
will properly go under " What things do^'^ and place 
it there. 

To THE Teacher: 

See note p. 299. 

Phonic review, pp. 340-345. 



303 



CHAPTER V 

The great day had come. The stage was 
just on the edge of the woods, and the audience 
sat on chairs arranged beneath the trees. Here 
is the play 

THE MIRACULOUS PITCHER 

PROLOGUE 

Long ages ago, there was in Greece a small 
village in a beautiful valley. The people who 
lived in this village were very selfish and wicked. 
They had no pity for the poor, and always re- 
fused to help any homeless traveler who wan- 
dered that way. They brought their children 
up to be as rude and unkind as they were them- 
selves, and clapped their hands when the Uttle 
ones threw mud and stones at some wayfarer. 
Worse still, they kept fierce dogs, which were 
permitted to run about and snap at the heels 
and tear the robes of strangers. 

But if rich people came with their beautiful 
horses and fine clothes, the villagers were the 

304 



meekest people in the world. Woe to the child 
who shouted and threw stones then! 

One day, two strangers came to the village. 
They looked poor and weary. You will see 
what came of their visit. 

Characters 

Elder Traveler Philemon 

Younger Traveler Baucis 
{called Quicksilver) Villagers 

SCENE I 

The village. Two travelers entering the vil- 
lage. Barking dogs, noisy, rude children, annoy- 
ing the strangers. 

a 

Younger Traveler {knocking at a cottage 
door) : We are poor travelers in search of 
food and a place to rest. Will you kindly 
help us? 

Villager: We have nothing for tramps and 
beggars. You should work and buy 
your food. 

Younger Trav. : Let us go to another house. 

Second Villager: We are busy here, you 
lazy fellows. Go elsewhere and beg. 

{They go from house to house in the 
village, stopping at every door. At every 

305 



place they are turned away ivith an un- 
kind word.) 

Elder Trav.: Yonder is a little cottage on 
the hillside. Let us try that. Perhaps 
we shall find shelter there. 

( They walk wearily toward the last 
cottage.) 

SCENE II 

Cottage of Philemon and Baucis. Philemon 
and Baucis sitting talking. 

Baucis: How thankful we should be, Phile- 
mon, for our httle home, and for our 
fine cow. 

Philemon: Yes, indeed, and for the grapes 
from our vine, and the splendid honey 
we get from our bees. But hark! what 
is that noise? Do you hear it? 

Baucis: Yes, it is the children of the village 
shouting. Listen ! Now I hear the dogs 
barking. No doubt they are annoying 
some poor traveler. Ah ! what wicked 
people these are. They will surely be 
punished some day. 

Philemon: Those children will certainly never 
be a comfort to their parents. Indeed, 

306 



I believe that some dreadful thing will 
happen to the people of this village, for 
all their wicked deeds. 

Baucis: Well, well, so long as we have a crust 
of bread we must share it with the poor 
and the homeless. 

Philemon: Yes, that we must. But how 
loudly the dogs are barking! 

Baucis: And how the children shout! Let us 
see what is the matter. ( Looking out at 
the cottage door.) 

Philemon : There are two men coming through 
the village. Their clothing is torn, and 
they look worn and weary. Shall I go 
to meet them.^ 

Baucis: Yes, do. I suppose they have been 
turned away from every door by these 
wicked people. Go and bring them 
home, while I get ready some food. 

{Philemon goes out to meet the 
travelers.) 

Philemon {at the door) : Will you not come in 
and rest? 

Younger Trav. : Thank you ! We are weary 
and footsore from a long journey. 

307 



Elder Trav.: How uncivil your neighbors 
are! Never have I seen such unkind 
people, nor such rude children, 

Baucis {appearing): Let us try to make 
you forget the unpleasant greetings the 
townspeople have given you. You must 
be hungry. 

Younger Trav.: Yes, we are, and dirty, too. 
Look at our clothes. Those children 
have covered us with mud, and their 
dogs have torn our cloaks, which were 
already ragged enough. But I rapped 
one of the curs over the nose with my 
staflF. A staflF is a great help to a poor 
traveler, and mine is a very good staflF. 
(Shows staff.) 

Philemon: What an odd staflF! Why, it has 
wings! And there are two snakes on it! 
Do I see them wriggUng, or are my old 
eyes fooling me ? Is it bewitched, stranger? 

Younger Trav.: Oh! no. It is just a good 
staflF, that is all. 

Philemon: And what a queer hat you have! 
And your shoes, too ! Why, sir, you have 
wings on your hat, and on your shoes, 
and on your staflF! Can you fly? How 
light you are on your feet! 

308 



Younger Trav. {sitting down on bench and 
letting staff fall) : Well, I am very quick 
on my feet, as you see 

Philemon (interrupting): But that is a won- 
derful staflF! Surely, it is walking and 
hopping. And see the snakes wriggling! 
Who are you, stranger, and what is your 
name? 

Younger Trav. : I was just about to tell you 
that, as I am very nimble, they call me 
Quicksilver. 

Philemon : Quicksilver ! Quicksilver ! That 
is an odd name. And your friend, — has 
he an odd name, too? 

Quicksilver : Sh ! You must ask the thunder 
to tell you his name. No other vol e is 
loud enough. 

Baucis: Greetings, strangers! We are very 
poor, and have not much to offer you; but 
you are welcome to all we have. May I 
give you some milk? {Pours milk from 
a jug.) 

Philemon: Baucis, do look at this staff! It is 
really hopping into the house. Look! 
Listen ! Tap ! tap ! tap ! tap ! tap ! Here it 

309 



comes! {Staff hops to Quicksilver^ s 
chair.) 

Elder Trav.: What good milk this is! May 
I have some more? 

Baucis: Indeed, yes! 

Younger Trav.: And I should hke some 
more, too! 

Baucis (whispering to Philemon): My! what 
appetites ! There is no more milk. 

Younger Trav.: A little more milk, good 
Baucis. We have traveled far, and the 
day has been hot. 

Baucis: Qh! good sir, I am so sorry! But 
there is not another drop of milk in the 
house. Oh! I am so ashamed! To- 
day I made butter, and used most of the 
milk. Husband, there is hardly a drop 
in the pitcher. Why did we eat supper 
to-night? 

Quicksilver: Really, it seems to me that 
there is more milk in the pitcher {tajdng 
pitcher). Let me look. Why, of course, 
here is plenty of milk. {Filling howls 
again.) 

Elder Trav. {drinking again): Excuse me, 
good Baucis, but I must have a little more. 



Baucis {aside): Surely, it is empty now. 
(Pouring again^ and showing surprise 
when milk flows out) 

Elder Trav.: Thank you, and now for a 
slice of that excellent brown bread, and 
some of your honey. 

Baucis {cutting bread) : Ah ! You make fun of 
our stale bread, stranger. 

Quicksilver : Stale ! Stale ! Why, this bread 
tastes as if it had just come from the oven. 

Philemon {tasting a crumb) : Surely, wife, this 
is not the bread you gave me for my 
supper. 

Baucis: Indeed, yes! But we are all be- 
witched, I am sure. Look at the honey. 
Never have we had such honey. Our 
bees must have been in the gardens of 
the gods when they gathered it. 

Quicksilver: And these are fine grapes, too. 
Do you grow these grapes, good man.'^ 

Philemon: Yes, but we have never thought 
them very fine. They are small, and 
not very sweet. 

Baucis {whispering to Philemon): These are 
strange people, Philemon. 

Philemon: Perhaps they are. Certainly, they 

311 



do look as if they had seen better days. 
I am glad they are enjoying their supper. 

Elder Trav.: I have never tasted better 
grapes. Another cup of milk, please. 

{This time Philemon dakes the jug and 
looks into it.) 

Philemon: There is not a drop left. But 
wait ! There is a fountain in the pitcher. 
Quick! Your cup! Let me pour before 
it flows. {Pours milk.) Who are you, 
wonderful strangers? 

Elder Trav. : We are your guests, good Phile- 
mon, and your friends also. May your 
pitcher never be empty! And now, can 
you give us a place to sleep? 

Baucis: Yes, you shall have our best bed to- 
night. Let me show you the way. 

Philemon {whispering to Quicksilver) : How did 
a fountain of milk ever get into our old 
pitcher? 

Quicksilver {pointing to his staff): There is 
the cause of the mystery. I can't tell 
what to make of my staflF. It is always 
playing such tricks as this; sometimes 
getting me a supper and, quite as often, 
stealing it away. If I had any faith in 



such nonsense, I should say the stick 
was bewitched! {Turning to leave the 
room.) See it now ! {Staff hops out of the 
room after Quicksilver.) 

{Early the next morning the old man 
and his wife arose, and the strangers, too, 
were up vdth the sun, getting ready to con- 
tinue their journey.) 

Philemon : Surely, you can wait a while longer 
until I have milked the cow, and Baucis 
has baked a loaf of bread. 

Elder Trav.: No, no, kind friends, we must 
be on our way. We have far to go, and 
it is better to start early before the heat 
of the day comes on. But walk to the 
top of the hill with us, you and Baucis, 
will you not? 

Baucis: Yes indeed, and we will show you 
which road to take. 

Philemon : Ah me ! Well-a-day ! If our neigh- 
bors only knew what a blessed thing it is 
to show kindness to strangers, they would 
tie up all their dogs, and never permit 
their children to fling another stone. 

Baucis: It is a sin and a shame for them to 
behave so badly — that it is ! And I 

313 



mean to go this very day, and tell some 
of them what naughty people they are! 

Quicksilver: I fear that you will find none 
of them at home. 

Elder Trav.: When men do not feel toward 
the poorest stranger as if he were a 
brother, they are unworthy to live on 
earth, which was created as the home of 
a great human brotherhood! 

Quicksilver: By-the-bye, my dear people, 

where is this same village that you talk 

about? On which side of us does it lie? 

Methinks I do not see it hereabouts. 

(All turn and look down into the valley.) 

Baucis: What has happened? Where is the 
village? Why, look, Philemon! there is 
a lake now where the village and the 
fields were! What has become of them? 

Philemon: Alas! What has become of our 
poor neighbors? 

Elder Trav. : They live no longer as men and 
women. There was neither use nor 
beauty in such a life as theirs; for they 
never softened nor sweetened the hard lot 
of mortaUty by the exercise of kindly deeds 
toward other men. They had no image 

3U 



of a better life in their bosoms. There- 
fore the lake that was there of old has 
spread itself forth again, to reflect the 
sky. 

Quicksilver: As for those foolish people, 
they are all changed into fishes. Little 
change was needed, for they were al- 
ready harsh and scaly, and the coldest- 
blooded beings in the world. So, now, 
kind Mother Baucis, whenever you or 
your husband have an appetite for a dish 
of broiled trout, you can throw in a line, 
and pull out half a dozen of your old 
neighbors ! 

Baucis: Ah! I would not for the world put 
one of them on the gridiron! 

Philemon (making a face) : No, we could never 
enjoy them. 

Elder Trav. : As for you, good Philemon, and 
you, kind Baucis : Since with your small 
means, you were so generous to homeless 
strangers, the milk has become an un- 
failing fountain of nectar, and the loaf 
and the honey have been changed into 
ambrosia. Thus the gods have eaten 
at your table the same food that supplies 
their feasts on Olympus. You have 

315 



done well, my dear old friends; wherefore, 
ask whatever favor you have most at 
heart, and it is granted. 

Philemon and Baucis: Let us live together, 
while we live, and leave the world at the 
same instant, when we die. For we 
have always loved each other. 

Elder Trav.: Be it so! Now, look toward 
your cottage! 

Baucis: How beautiful! But where is our 
little cottage? 

Elder Trav.: There is your home. Show 
your kindness to strangers in yonder 
palace, as freely as in the poor cot- 
tage to which you welcomed us last 
evening. 

epilogue 

And so Philemon and Baucis went back to 
the beautiful palace, and lived there many years 
in peace and contentment. Many poor and 
weary travelers stopped at their door, and none 
was ever turned away. 

But one morning Philemon and Baucis did 
not come with their pleasant smile to ask 
the guests of over night to breakfast. The 
guests searched the palace from top to 

316 



bottom, but could not find the old couple. 
Upon going out of doors to see if they 
were in the garden, one of the guests saw two 
old and stately trees growing just beyond the 
doorstep. 

The trees had not been there the day before. 
One was an oak, and the other a linden. Their 
boughs were intertwined. 

Now the other guests came out, and as they 
stood looking at the trees, a breeze sprang up 
and set the branches moving. Then there was 
a deep murmur in the air, as if the two mys- 
terious trees were speaking. 

"I am old Philemon!" murmured the oak. 

"I am old Baucis!'' murmured the linden. 

As the breeze grew stronger, the trees spoke 
together, as if both were one. 

^'Philemon! Baucis! Baucis! Philemon!" 
they whispered. And thus the two old peo- 
ple spent several hundred years of happiness 
in giving pleasant shade and cooling breezes to 
the weary travelers who sat beneath their 
branches. 

As long as the trees lived, a bountiful 
supply of sweet milk gushed from the 
miraculous pitcher; and I wish, for all 

317 



our sakes, that we had the pitcher here 
now! 

To THE Pupils : 

Copy group 74 of the Vocabulary, syllabicating 
and marking the accented syllables. 

There are two sentences in the following para- 
graph. Rewrite it, capitalizing and punctuating 
properly: 

president garfield said there are some things i am 
afraid of i am afraid to do a mean thing 

To THE Teacher: 

For suggestions as to the play see p. 257. 



31% 



FORTY-SIXTH EVENING 

The children were discussing the success of 
the play when Grandpa came in. They asked 
his opinion of the players and the play. 

"You all did very well," was Grandpa's 
reply. "And that play teaches a great lesson, — 
that of kindness to others.'' 

Through the open window came the croak- 
ing of frogs. 

"Humph!" said Grandpa. "That reminds 
me that more people than those in the play have 
been punished for being unkind." 

"A story! a story!" cried the children, as 
they drew close around Grandpa. 

"Well, this is the story," said he: 

Latona, whom you may remember in con- 
nection with Niobe, was once wandering with 
her infant children, Apollo and Diana, trying 
to escape from the persecutions of Juno. 

During her travels, she came to the Land of 
Lycia. 

319 



The weather was very hot, and her children 
were a heavy burden. She was wearied with 
her long journey, and parched with thirst. 

As she wandered through a valley, she came 
to a clear pool, where peasants were gathering 
rushes. Thankfully she knelt by the edge of 
the pool to quench her thirst, intending to raise 
the water in her hands. But the hard-hearted 
peasants would let her have none of it. 



"Why do you deny me water?" said the 
goddess. "The use of water is common to all. 
Nature has made neither sun, nor air, nor the 
running stream to be the property of any one." 

"Bah!" said the peasants. 
320 



In vain she told them how faint and weary 
she was, and begged them, for the sake of the 
Kttle ones, to permit her to drink. 

The wretches rephed only with jeers and 
threats of violence, if she did not go away. 

And to make it impossible for her to drink, 
they stirred up the mud at the bottom with 
their hands and feet, jumping about in the 
water and mocking her. 

Then the anger of the goddess was roused 
against these hard-hearted people. Lifting up 
her hands to heaven, she said: ''May you live 
in that pool forever!" 

The wish of the goddess came to pass. 

The peasants' backs were united to their 
heads, their necks disappeared, their bodies 
turned green and white, and all they could say 
was "Croak! croak! croak!" 

''And that, according to the Greek story, is 
where the frogs came from," said Grandpa. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Lycia (lish' i-a.) Write two sentences. In 
the first, let the subject noun have two modifiers, 
and the predicate verb have one; in the second, 
have the opposite arrangement. 

2. The prefix im means not; as, impossible, not 
possible. 

3ai 



Place the following heading at the top of your 
paper, and then arrange the words here given 
under it : 

Prefix Stem Suffix 

Words to be separated: 

Impolite, impertinent^ unsafe, teacher, learner^ 
joyful, unkind, plenteous, fearful, larrihkin, plantlet, 
duckling, glorious, streamlet. What is the meaning 
of each word? 

3. Note a as in care, e as in there. Put the 
proper diacritical mark over the first vowel in each 
of the following: rare, ere, dare, care, bear, hair, 
stair, spare, there, heir, where. 

To THE Teacher: 

Call the attention of the class to the fact that 
d=e. Collect, correct, and return exercises 1 and 2. 



3a^ 



iiT9. 



FORTY-SEVENTH EVENING 

*'Well, children, what have you been doing 
this glorious day?" asked Grandpa as they 
came out on the porch where he was sitting. 

I've been watching the birds and feeding 
the chickens," said May. 

"And I've been watching the birds and look- 
ing after the calves and the lambs," said Belle. 

"And I've been watching the birds, too; 
when I tired of that, I went up into the hay-field 
to drive the oxen. Last of all, the dog and I 
went after the cows," said Ben. 

"You certainly have all been busy," was 
Grandpa's remark. 

"Grandpa, I never saw so many grasshop- 
pers together as I did to-day in the hay-field. 
Where do they all come from.'^" asked Ben. 

"Here is the old story," said Grandpa: 

In the old Greek days, Tithonus was a 
' lautiful youth who married Aurora, goddess 
of the Dawn. 

3aa 



Aurora asked Jupiter to give her husband 
immortality, and her wish was granted. But 
Aurora forgot to ask that another quality be- 
longing to the gods should be given him,- — that 
of never ending youth. 

As time went on, Aurora noticed that her 
husband was growing older and remembered 
the mistake she had made. But it was then too 
late to correct it. 

Gray hairs appeared, his teeth fell out, and 
he became very feeble. He was so changed 
that Aurora ceased to love him. He still dwelt 
in the palace, however, and was fed and clothed 
like a god. 

As Tithonus grew older and older, his voice 
became fainter, and his face more wrinkled. 
His goddess wife grew weary of seeing him, and 
shut him up in a distant room of the palace. At 
last, she turned him into a grasshopper. 

The next time you see a grasshopper, 
catch him and look at his head. There you will 
find the wrinkled face of the little old man, 
Tithonus. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. Tithonus (ti tho' niis); Aurora (a ro' ra). 

2. Make a list of all the nouns that are brought 
to your mind by objects in or about your classroom. 

3^4 



3. Make a list of twenty verbs that are brought 
to your mind by things you have done in or about 
your classroom. 

To THE Teacher: 

Call on individual pupils to read exercise No. 2. 

Ask that the nouns be used as subjects and that 
predicates be supplied by volunteers. 

On another day, use exercise No. 3 in a similar 
way, asking for subjects, however, instead of predi- 
cates. 



325 



FORTY-EIGHTH EVENING 

"Oh-h-h-h! It's hot, Grandpa/' said May 
as she came out on the porch where the others 
were sitting. 

"Yes," said Grandpa. "It is hot, but even 
on a hot day we may see beauty. Listen to this 
dainty little poem": 

Midsummer 

When the scarlet cardinal tells 

Her dream to the dragon fly, 
And the lazy breeze makes a nest in the trees. 

And murmurs a lullaby, 
It is July. 

When the tangled cobweb pulls 

The cornflower's cap awry. 
And the lilies tall lean o'er the wall 

To bow to the butterfly. 
It is July. 

When the heat like a mist veil floats. 

And poppies flame in the rye. 
And the silver note in the stream let's throat 
Has softened almost to a sigh. 
It is July. 

— Susan H. Sweet. 

3^6 



"Thank you, Grandpa. I like that, and I 
don't feel so warm now," said May. 

"By the way, children, this is just the month 
for a straw ride." 

"A straw ride," said Ben; "what is that?" 

"Perhaps I had better call it a hay ride. 
We'll fill the big wagon with hay and go off for 
a moonlight ride." 

"Hurrah!" said Ben. "Won't that be fun? 
When shall we take it?" 

"Oh, in a night or two, I think," was the 
reply. 

"Grandpa," said May, "soon fall will be 
here, and then winter, and then spring. Then 
comes summer again. What brings the sea- 
sons?" 

"Let me tell you the story of the seasons," 
said Grandpa. 

The Story of Proserpine^ 

Many, many years ago, a happy child, 
named Proserpine, used to wander up and down 
the country. All day long she gathered flowers 
and grasses, and sang her sweet songs to the 
birds and bees. 

^Courtesy of the Educational Publishing Co. From ''World IQstory 
in Myth and Legend." 

327 



The trees bent softly over her, and the 
grasses and flowers looked up at her in joy. 
Everybody loved the child, for her coming 
always meant warmth and beauty throughout 
the land. 

The people also loved Ceres, the mother of 
Proserpine. With Ceres came the fruit and 
the grains to ripen for the harvest. 

All day long Proserpine played alone among 
the flowers, for Ceres had work to do in many 
lands. 

And Proserpine was not afraid, neither was 
she lonely. Every flower was dear to her, and 
each blade of grass and stalk of grain nodded 
her a welcome. She was indeed the Queen of 
the Fields. The great trees, too, loved her. 
They protected her and made deep shade for 
her w hen she grew tired and fell asleep under 
them. 

Pluto, the king of the under-world, also loved 
Proserpine. 

One day, as she sat among the flowers, she 
heard a heavy rumbling sound far across the 
plain. Nearer and nearer came the sound. It 
seemed just beneath the poppy-field — just 
beneath her feet. 



Suddenly the earth opened wide ; and, be- 
hold! a chariot of gold and silver, drawn by- 
four black horses, appeared before the maiden. 

In the chariot sat Pluto, the king of the 
under-world. He leaned forth from the chariot. 
As he came near Proserpine he lifted her from 
the poppy-field, and placed her beside him in 
the chariot. 

She screamed for help, but the driver swung 
his whip high above the fiery horses' heads, 
and before Proserpine had time to think, away 
they flew, down, down, into the earth, — down 
into the country of King Pluto. 

Very sad was Ceres when, at the close of the 
day, she could not find her daughter. Whither 
had she wandered .^^ Had any one seen her that 
day? But no answer came. The flowers were 
all wilted. Even the trees had shed their 
leaves, and the branches stood out bare and 
cold against the sky. 

Poor Ceres! "Some one has stolen my 
child!'' she wept. "My beautiful, beautiful 
Queen of the Flowers!" Then Ceres grew 
angry. "Not until she is restored to me will 
I work again in the harvest fields," she said. 
"Never will I watch the grain and the fruits. 
Never will I care for the people of earth. Never 

329 



will I heed whether there is beauty in the land, 
or whether there are harvests/' 

Alid Ceres wrapped a great black robe 
about her, and set forth with a flaming torch 
to seek her child. 

"O Sun God/' she cried, — "thou, who seest 
all that happens upon earth — surely thou must 
know what has happened to my child ! " 

"Ceres,'' said the Sun God, "I pity thee 
for thy great sorrow and gladly would I help 
thee. This I know: that at midday, when my 
chariot rolled above the fields, the earth opened, 
and the chariot of Pluto burst forth into the 
sunlight. In the chariot sat the king him- 
self. He it is, Ceres, who hath stolen your 
child away." 

"The earth shall grieve long and bitterly 
for this/' said Ceres. "I will have revenge upon 
those who allowed this cruel fate to come to my 
child/' 

Then down from the hill Ceres went with 
her great black robe wrapped closely about her. 
Her face, generally so kindly, was now dark and 
angry. 

To THE Pupils: 

1. A wry (a riO; Proserpine (pros' er pin); 
Ceres (ce're§); Pluto (plu'to). 

330 



2. Copy the first stanza of "Midsummer." 

3. In the following lists, put the nouns and 
verbs together so as to make truthful declarative 
sentences; then change the declarative sentences to 
interrogative sentences. 



Nouns 



Nouns 



Verbs 



Verbs 



cats 


hens 


coo 


sing 


rats 


roosters 


meow 


neigh 


dogs 


robins 


squeal 


bark 


pigeons 


snakes 


low 


grunt 


horses 


owls 


crow 


hiss 


cows 


pigs 


squawk 


hoot 



To THE Teacher: 

No. 2 should be written; No. 3, oral. 

Phonic drill, pp. 340-345. 



331 



FORTY-NINTH EVENING 

"Oh, I am so sorry for Ceres/' said May, as 
the children gathered under the hnden to hear 
Grandpa, as he continued the story: 

On, on she wandered, till the sun sank be- 
hind the far-off purple hills. By and by, she 
came to a fountain and threw herself upon the 
green grass to weep. 

For one whole year Ceres dwelt beside the 
fountain. Every day the grasses grew more 
brown and dry. The trees dropped their leaves, 
and no signs of either fruit or flower were to be 
seen upon them. The vines lay crackling and dry 
upon the hillsides, and there was famine in all 
the land. 

"I do not care,'' Ceres would say. "The 
people's loss is no greater than my own. Let 
my child come back to me; then will I care for 
the children of the earth." 

And now a whole year had gone by. There 
were neither fruits nor grains left in the store- 
houses of the people. There were no harvests to 

33a 



gather. At last the people came together and 
offered great sacrifices. They begged that both 
Ceres and the child Proserpine might return to 
the earth. 

Then Jupiter sent his messenger. Mercury, 
down into grim old Pluto's kingdom, to bid 
him allow Proserpine to return. 

The old king raged and stormed. His face 
grew blacker and blacker. The earth rumbled 
and rocked. The people above trembled and 
kept close together, fearing that the parched 
earth would open and swallow them up. 

Angrily Pluto obeyed the command of 
Jupiter, for he loved the beautiful Proserpine, 
and had made her his queen. 

Go she must; but before she passed through 
the gate which led to the upper-world, the king 
persuaded her to eat one little pomegranate 
seed. If she ate that, he knew full well that 
she must some time return to him; for every 
one who partook of food in the under-world, 
must come back to that world again, sooner or 
later. 

When Proserpine reached the upper air, the 
sun was sinking, and there was a sad, yellow 
light over all the land. 

333 



"Take me first of all/' said she, "to my poor 
mother. Her heart has mourned for me through 
all these weary months/' 

At the fountain they found Ceres, still 
wrapped in her black robe and with her face 
hidden from sight. 

"Mother! Mother!'' cried Proserpine, "I 
am here! I am here!" 

Ceres sprang to her feet! "Proserpine! 
Proserpine! my child! my child!" she cried; 
and tears of joy ran down her face as she clasped 
the little Flower-Queen to her heart. 

Then a change began to come over the earth. 
When; next morning, the Sun God's chariot 
rose above the hills, there was a new softness 
and sweetness in the air. Already the grasses 
were pushing their way up through the leafy 
mold, and what had been brown was now green. 
Birds were singing, and the leaf buds were 
swelling on the branches of the trees. 

"The Flower-Queen is coming," the grasses 
whispered. And the trees and the birds sang, 
"Yes, yes, the Flower-Queen is coming!" 

For six months there was joy in all the land. 
Never were the flowers so rich and beautiful. 
Never was fruit so sweet, nor grain so plenti- 

334 



ful. The people filled their storehouses to 
overflowing. The birds poured forth their 
song from mom till eve. The squirrels and 
rabbits filled their nests, and jumped and ran 
in the golden fields. 

One day, however, there came across the 
earth a sharp cold wind. But Httle did the 
people or the squirrels or the rabbits care; 
for their houses were now filled with fruit and 
grain. 

But to Ceres it brought grief. "The time 
has come, dear mother, when I must return to 
the under- world," said Proserpine. "With 
Pluto I left my pledge that in one half year 
I would come back to him. But do not 
grieve, dear mother. Pluto is very kind to 

me. 

> 

"Think, too, how generous King Pluto is to 
all the earth; for he has promised that every 
other half-year I shall return to you to make you 
glad. And that half-year we will work together, 
making the earth beautiful and providing boun- 
tiful harvests. 

"So now, good-by, dear mother. I hear 
the rolling of the chariot wheels. Do not grieve. 
We shall meet again. In six short months I 
shall return to you!" 

335 



Thus it is that every year we have six months 
of autumn and winter; and in the spring and 
summer, Proserpine is back with us, and the 
earth is gay with fruit and flowers. 

To THE Pupils: 

Copy the paragraph beginning, "Think, too, 
how generous." Re-tell it in your own words. 

To THE Teacher: 

Criticise these oral compositions. 

Phonic drill, pp. 340-345. 



3S6 



FIFTIETH EVENING 
True to Grandpa's promise, the big farm 
wagon, filled with hay, drove up to the door 
after supper. 



The moon was shining brightly, and the air 
was soft and balmy. It was just the night for 
a straw ride. 

337 



No sooner had the horses stopped at the 
door, than out trooped the children, big and 
little, for all the children's friends had been 
invited. 

Grandpa helped them all into the wagon, 
climbed up himself, and they started off, singing 



THE LOW-BACKED CAR. 



Samuel Lover 



Jj -4- -4- 



t^=x 



u 



Lish Folk Song 
Arr. J. W. D. 

N 



3S 



■^i^-^ 



J jk p — 



^ 



-*F^ 



1. When first I saw sweet Peg-gy, 'Twas on a mar-ket day, A 

2. Li bat - tie's wild com-mo - tion, The proud and might-y Mars, With 



k^ n iu I 



t 



O i ' i: i 



* 



low-back*d car she drove, and sat Up - on a truss of hay; But 
hos-tile scythes, de-mands his tithes Of death, in war - like cars ; While 



i 



m 



J a ^ ^— 



t 



m 



i 



t 



^ 



when that hay was bloom -ing grass. And deck*d with flow'rs of 
P^g - gy, peace - f ul god - dess. Has darts in her bright 



m 



-=1-^ 



f^ 



i 



J 



m 



J — r^—^ 



si in 



spnng, 
eye, 



No flower was there that would corn-pare With the 
That knock men down in the mar-ket town, As 



/^ 



i 



I 



/?s 



m 



e 



f 



■K 



fff^P^. 



bloom-ing girl I sing, As she sat in the low-back'dcar; The 
right and left they fly. While she sits in her low-back'd car — ^llian 



SUMMARY OF THE PHONIC WORK 



SQUARE TABLES 



& 


^ 


\ 


5 


ti 


a 


e 


I 


o 


G 


ab 


eb 


ib 


ob 


ub 


abe ebe 


ibe 


obe ube 


ae 


ec 


ie 


oe 


ue 


ace ece 


ice 


occ 


; uce 


ad 


ed 


id 


od 


ud 


ade ede 


ide 


ode ude 


af 


ef 


if 


of 


uf 


afe efe 


ife 


ofe 


ufe 


ag 


eg 


\^ 


og 


ug 


age ege 


ige 


oge uge 


ack 


eck 


ick 


ock 


uck 


ake eke 


ike 


oke uke 


al 


el 


il 


ol 


ul 


ale ele 


lie 


ole 


ule 


am 


em 


im 


om 


um 


ame eme 


ime 


ome ume 


an 


en 


in 


on 


un 


ane ene 


ine 


one une 


ap 


ep 


!p 


op 


up 


ape epe 


ipe 


ope upe 


as 


es 


is 


OS 


US 


ase ese 


ise 


ose 


use 


at 


et 


it 


ot 


ut 


ate ete 


ite 


ote 


ute 


av 


ev 


iv 


ov 


uv 


ave eve 


ive 


ove uve 












are ere 


ire 


ore 


ure 


& 


^ 


\ 


5 


ii 










an 


en 


in 


on 


un 










ang 


eng 


ing 


ong 


ung 










ank 


enk 


ink 


onk 


unk 

t.tnea: 


R TABLES 






1 


br 


ber 


sp 


bl 


ble 




ou ow 






wh 


or 


ker 


St 


el 


ele 




oi oy 






th th 


dr 


der 


sc 


dl 


die 




ai ay 


ey 




ch 


fr 


fer 


spr 


fl 


fle 




ea ee 


ie 




sh 


gr 


ger 


str 


gl 


gle 




ew oo 








pr 


per 


scr 


pl 


pie 




ew u 








tr 


ter 


sm 


sl 


sle 




er ir 


ur 








mer 


sn 


U 


tie 




6w 6 


oa 








ner 










ook ood 


ould 






ser 




















ver 




















ler 




















her 



















all aw ight ought old other any ind ful or ar y y w 

341 



CONSONANT CHART 



Phonics Comparison Table 



Sounds in the Same Horizontal Row Have the Same, or Nearly 

the Same, Position of the Vocal Organs. 



Breath 

p 
t 

f 



;} 



Voice 



b 

d 

V 



Nasal 

m 

n Iry 



g 



•eb^ (chorus^ 

th (thin) 4h.(then) 

ch (chin; arch)) . 

tch (watch) ) •' 

wh w 

sh zh (azure) 

h 



ng 



g 



To teach the pupil to differentiate breath, voice, and 
nasal sounds by touch : With his hand on his throat he 
can feel no motion when breath sounds are emitted by him, 
but he can when voice sounds are sent out. The nasal 
sounds may be felt by placing the first two fingers along- 
side the nose, with the tip of the thumb at the throat. 

SOME PHONIC MISTAKES TO BE AVOIDED 

Pu for p (blow out a candle) f du' lor i; wli for w (oo) ; 
whu for wh (blow an imaginary feather -= hoc); f for tk 
(place the tongue, between the teeth and send the breath 
or voice over it) ; tu for i; ku for h 

Improper breathing will cause mistakes; sound on the 
expiration, 

842 



In sounding the hissing 9 and hushing sh^ the breath 
must flow over the point of the tongue. Therefore, the 
tip must not touch the front palate or the teeth, or a 
lisp will result. 

In sounding /, the tip of the tongue must touch the 
anterior part of the hard palate just at the gums, or the 
proper ringing sound will be lacking. 

In sounding ing, the tip of the tongue must not be 
lowered, otherwise the nasal quality will be lost. 

Following are the pages in the Finger-Play Reader, 
Part I, in • which certain sounds are explained : m, 3 and 
12; s, 2; ee, 12; n, 12; p, 14; h, 24; /, SO; aj/, 34; wA, 40; 
'W, 44. 

Have the pupils use a mirror when practising. 

Oral gymnastics should be indulged in when necessary. 

If you have a class of foreign-bom children, you will have 
to combat many peculiarities in the action of their vocal 
organs, which have become fixed through many years' 
practice in their native tongue. Let each pupil use the 
mirror in these exercises, as this will be found helpful. 

EXERCISES FOR ORAL GYMNASTICS 

1 . Projection of the tongue as far as possible anteriorly. 

2. Movement of the tongue freely within the buccal 

cavity. 
8. By order: Tongue between teeth; tip of the tongue 
at top of the upper teeth ; tip of tongue at roof of 
mouth. To be done slowly at first, and then 
gradually more rapidly. 

4. Open the mouth wide (two fingers). Say, ah^ ee, 

00, slowly. 

5. Move the lower jaw from side to side. 

These exercises, used sufficiently, will give flexibility 
where needed ; a few minutes* practice each day on the 
square and linear phonic tables will not only give accuracy 
in enunciation, but will also attune the pupils' ears to nice 
distinctions in speech. 

848 



A PAGE FOR REVIEW PURPOSES 



The teacher should always use the pitch pipe in this exercise. Sound 
either D flat or C, and have the pupils make their responses in the tone you 
have given. Occasionally, the scale may be sung, using one of the phono- 
grams instead of Do, Re, Mi, Fa, etc. The exercise may also be varied by 
asking the pupils to sing the pnonogram in intervals which the teacher dic- 
tates or places on the board in musical notation; as, 1-3-5-8; 2-4-6; 
etc.; or: 

Sing very slowly 



^m 



^ 



-^- 



^^ 



Ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung, ung. 

Quality of tone very soft and pure. Pronounce final consonants very 
clearly, even if exaggerated. Use the phonogram selected by the teacher. 

WORDS TO BE PRACTISED FOR PRONUNCIATION 



DiCTiONAKY Markings: 

sac' ri fice (s&k' ri f iz) 

ga' rage (ga' razh' or g&r' &]) 

tab' lean (t&b' l6 or ta' bio') 

vac' ci na tion (na' shun) 

leop' ard (ISp' €rd) 

her' o ism (Iz'm) 

bron chi' tis (br6n ki' tis) 

il lus' trate (I liis' trat or IV us trat) debt (d^t) al' ien (al' yen) 

i' vo ry (i' v6 ri) mis' chie Vous (mis' chX vus) 

civ' il (11) salm' on (s&m'^n) A si a (a shX a or sha) 

ca nine' (ka nin' or ka' nin) iE e tes (e e' tez) 

as sured' (a shoored') 



chauf feur (sho' fiir') 
bou quet' (boo ka') 
bi' cy cle (bi' s\ k'l) 
hos' tile (h6s' til) 
ob lique' (ob lek' or lik') 
part' ner (pSrt' n€r) 
ro bust' (r6 biist') 



Diacritical Markings: 

ac cli' mate c6m' r&de 

d6c' ile ex t61' 

g6n' do la his' to ry 

Id' qmr y gri' my 



^ n6r' vate 
gslpe gla dl' 6 liis 

hound ho ri' zon 

Ab' \ gal A do' nfo 

S44 



Word Choice: 

The italicized word in each of the following sentences is wrongly used. 
Put the proper word from the given lists in its place. 

by learn lovely can love 

for teach pleasant may like 

1. My father works hy a tailor. 

2. We had a lovely time yesterday. 

3. Mr. Mannes is learning me the violin. 

4. Can I go with you? 

5. I love ice cream. 



Additional Examples for Practice: 

Fill the blank spaces with the proper form of blow, 

blow blew blown 

1. John the light out, 

2. The light was out by' John. 

3. Never a gas light out! 

Fill the blank spaces with the proper form of grow, 

grow grew grown 

1. And the thorns up and choked it. — Bible, 

2. And out of the ground made the Lord God to every tree. — Bible, 



3. When Moses was 



he went unto his brethren. — Bible, 



The following words may also be taken up: do, go, know, see, come, 

FOREIGN IDIOMS 

If the class is addicted to the use of foreign idioms, the teacher should 
strive to cure this defect. When a pupil uses a foreign idiom, an eflFort 
should be made to get him to restate it in correct form. Thus, for "It 
stood in the paper," "I find this in the paper," or some equivalent expres- 
sion. When the following exercise is found necessary, the pupils should be 
asked to use the English equivalents, or paraphrases, of the foreign idioms. 



Foreign Idioms 

I got a mad on her. 

I went on a wedding. 

I combed myself. 

Yesterday night. 

To-day night. 

Over yesterday. 

Over to-morrow. 

It stands like so in the paper. 

It stood in the paper. 

Two weeks around. 

She has a fraid. 

I got the heart clapping. 

My eats was not ready. 



English Equivalents 

I am angry at her. 

I went to a wedding. 

I combed my hair. 

Last night. 

To-night. 

Day before yesterday. 

Day after to-morrow. 

The paper says. 

The paper said. 

In two weeks. 

She is afraid. 

My heart beats quickly. 

My dinner was not ready. 



345 



VOCABULARY 



1 an gri ly 

a bid ing ^ ^^y ;^« 

Ab i gay ^ ^}^ f. 

AbouBenAdhem^^^,^*^ 

An tseus 

an them 



A bra ham 

accept 

ac ci den tal 

aches 

ac onite 

ac tu al ly 

adept 

ad mi ra tion 
A do nis 
ad vanced 
ad ven tures 
^etes 
Af ri ca 
aglow 
agony 
agreed 
aisles 



A jax 
al ien 
Al phe us 
al tar 
Am a zons 
am mu ni tion 
Am phi on 
Am ster dam 
an chored 
An drom e da 



anx ious ly 
ap pe tites 



ap plies 
ap proach 
ap prov al 
Ar go nauts 
Argus 
ar range 
arrive 
ar rows 
as cribe 
Asia 

6 

as sured 
attack 
At Ian tic 
Atlas 
at tempt 
at ti tude 
Auck land 
au di ence 
Au gean 
Au ro ra 



a nem o ne 
an gles 



au tunm 
awkward 
awry 
Bagdad 
bag gage 



bal ance 
balm y 
bar gain 
bar on 
Bar num 

8 

bassoon 
bathed 
Bau cis 
beau ti ful ly 
Bee tho ven 
beggar 
behaved 
be reft 
be wil der 
birch 

9 

blame 

bleak 

blood 

blur 

blushing 

boar 

borne 

bos om 

bound a ry 

boun te ous 

10 

brawn y 
breech es 
brisk ly 
brood 
Brook lyn 
Brown ing 
Bruns wick 
Bry ant 



bu gler 
bulk y 



11 



burgh er 
bush els 
Cae sar, Ju li us 
Ca liph 
cal la lil y 
calm 
Can a da 
ca na ry 
can non 
car cass es 

12 

car di nal 

careless 

carved 

cas cades 

Cas si o pe ia 

cav em 

Ca wein. Mad i son 

cease less 

cen taur 

cen tu ries 

13 

Ce pheus 
Cer be rus 
cham pi on 
chants 
char ac ter 
char i ty 
charm ing 
chase 

Chau cer, Geof- 
frey 
cher ished 



14 

chief ly 
chip munk 
Chi ron 
chosen 
chuck le 
ci der 
civ ic 
clar i net 
clash 
clean li ness 

15 

club 
coffee 
col lege 
col unm 
com bat 
com fort a ble 
com men ta ry 
com mit ted 
com pan ion 
com plete 

16 

con certs 
con elude 
con denmed 
con fu sion 
con nee tion 
con sist 
con stel la tion 
con ster na tion 
con suit 
con tin u al ly 

17 

CO nun drum 

con ver sa tion 

coral 

corks 

Cor nell 

cor po ra tion 

coun cil 

Coun cil Bluffs 

Mo. 
coun te nance 
courier 



18 

Cretan 
crim son 
croak ing 
croon 
crowds 
crunch 
crush 
crust 
cudg el 
cul prit 

19 

cup board 
cu ri ous 
cur rant 
cur rent 
curse 
daily 
dam age 
dan ger ous 
dan gled 
dead ly 

death 

dec o ra ted 

decree 

de fiant 

de Hooch 

De i a nei ra 

de li cious 

deny 

de scribes 

desired 

21 

des o late 

de spair 

de struc tion 

de ter mine 

de voured 

Dick ens 

dif fi cult 

dikes 

Di o me des 

di rec tion 



dirt y 
dis cuss ing 
dis dained 
dis solve 
dis tin guish 
dis tressed 
ditty 
Di ves 
di vin i ty 
dolts 

23 

doom 
dough nut 
Drake, Jo seph 

Rod man 
dread ed 
dripped 
droop ing 
Dry ads 
Dry o pe 
du el 
duty 

24 

dumb 
du ties 
duty 
dwelt 
ea ger ness 
ear nest 
ech o ing 
ed i ble 
effect 
ei ther 

25 

elected 
EHab 
em ber 
em ployed 
emp ty 
en a bie 
en close 
en deav or 
en dure 
en e my 

347 



26 

en rap tured 

ephsih 

Ep i me theus 

er rand 

es pe cial ly 

Eu rope 

Eu rys theus 

evil 

ex act ly 

examine 

27 

except 

ex cit ed ly 

ex cite ment 

ex cla ma tion 

ex pect ed 

ex plain 

ex plod ed 

ex tend ed 

ex traor di na ry 

faint 

28 

f al low deer 
fam ine 
fa mous 
fan gled 
fash ion 
fas ten ed 
fate 
fault 
fa vor ite 
f eath er y 

29 

feeble 

f e ver 

figures 

files 

finally 

fish er man 

flail 

flanking 

flask 

flaxen 



30 

fleece 

flesh 

flitting 

floods 

flut ing 

flut ter ing 

foes 

f ol low ed 

force 

for eign 

31 

for ma tion 

for tu nate ly 

fowls 

frail 

France 

fray 

frown 

fudge 

fully 

f u ner al 

32 

fu ri ous ly 

fury 

f u ture 

f uz zy 

Gan y mede 

gar age 

gaze 

gen er al ly 

gen er ous 

ge og ra phy 

33 

Ge ry on 

Gi bral tar 

gifts 

Gil bo a, Mount 

gir die 

gladly 

glanced 

glo ri ous 

glum 

glu ti nous 



34 

gnats 
goal 
god less 
Go li ath 
gored 
Gor gon's 
gos pel 
gos sa mer 
grace 
gra cious 

35 

graz ing 
Greek 
greet ing 
grid i ron 
gripe 
grove 
guard ed 
guard i an 
guilder 
gushed 

36 

gym na si um 
ham a dry ads 
Ham e lin 
Hanks, Nan cy 
Han o ver 
har bin ger 
har dy 
Har p^ 
har pies 
har vest 

37 

hearth 
heart i ly 
heav ing 
Hebe 
He bron 
hedge hog 
height 
He li OS 
hence 
he pat i ca 



38 

herald 

Her cu les 

herd 

Hes per i des 

hew 

Hip pol y ta 

hiss ing 

his to ry 

hob ble 

hor ri ble 

39 

hos tel ry 
hov er ed 
howls 
hue 
huge 
hu man 
hust ling 
hydra 
im mense 
im mor tal 

40 

im mor tal i ty 
im pa tient 
im per ish a ble 
im por tant 
im pos si ble 
inch 

in crease 
in dus tri ous 
in dus tri ous ly 
in dus try 

41 

infant 

in for ma tion 
in ju ry 
in no cent 
in quiring 
lole 
in so lent 
in stru ment 
in ter twined 
in vis i ble 

348 



42 

Iph i cles 

Ish bo sheth 

Italy 

Jason 

jeal ous 

jeers 

Je ho vah 

Jesse 

joined 

joke 

43 

Jon a than 
joy ous 
Judah 
judge 
jui cy 
jun cos 
Ju no 
Ju pi ter 
Kan sas 
Kauri 

44 

Keats 

kith and kin 

knock 

knuck les 

Kop pel berg 

la bor er 

la dies 

lair 

lam en ta tion 

land scape 

45 

Latin 
La to na 
laugh ter 
lau rel 
lawyer 
Laz arus 
lei sure ly 
length 
level 
lib er ty 



46 

li bra ry 
li chen 
lim it less 
Lin coin 
lin ger ing 
loath 
locate 
loi ter 
lone some 
lo tos 

47 

love ly 
low er ed 
Ly chas 
mag a zine 
mag net 
main land 
man do lin 
man u script 
Ma o ris 
Mar ry att 

48 

mas ter y 
may or 
Medea 
Medu sa 
meekest 
mel low 
mel o dy 
mem bers 
Mem phis 
Mer cu ry 

49 

mer ri ly 
mes Sen ger 
Mi chael 
might y 
Mil ton 
Mi ner va 
min is tered 
mi rac u lous 
mis sile 
mistress 



50 

mod est ly 
Mo hawk 
mo las ses 
mole 
mon ster 
mon strous 
mor tal 
mot to 
mourn 
mul ti tude 

51 

munch 

Mun chau sen 
mur der 
mu sic al 
mu si cian 
musk rat 
mu ti nous 
mut ter ing 
My ce nse 
mys ter y 

52 

Nabal 
na iads 
na tion 
na tion al 
nat u ral ly 
nee die 
neigh 
Ne me an 
Ne reus 
Nessus 

53 

New York 
New Zea land 
niece 
nim ble 
nom ads 

or no mads 
north ern 
Nor we gi an 
nu mer ous 
nymphs 
obese 



54 

obey 

ob ject 

o boe 

oc ca sion 

oc ca sion al ly 

oc cu pied 

oc cur 

O ce a nus 

odor 

of fend ed 

55 

of f er ing 

oint ment 

o pin ion 

op por tu ni ty 

or ches tra 

O re ad 

o val 

owed 

pack age 

pad die 

56 

Paul 

Pan do ra 
pa per 
par a pet 
par tial ly 
pas sage 
pate 

pa tri ot ic 
pa vil ion 
pearl y 

57 

peer 

Peg a sus 
pelt ed 
pen cil 
per feet 
per form ers 
per mit ted 
per se cu tions 
Per sens 
per suad ed 

349 



58 

Peter 
Phi le mon 
Phi lis tine 
phi los o phy 
Phi neus 
pho to graph 
pi a no 
pick le 
pic nic 
pie bald 

59 

Pied Pi per 
pil lars 
plague 
plain tive 
pledge 
plunge 
Pluto 
po et ry 
Po mo na 
porch 

60 

por tal 
pos si ble 
post age 
pow er f ul . 
praise 
preach er 
pre ced ing 
prep a ra tions 
pre pared 

61 

pres ence 
pres ent ly 
prey 
prime 
prince ly 
pro ceed ed 
pro ces sion 
Pro me theus 
proof 
prop er 

62 
prop er ty 



proph et 
Pros er pine 
prospect 
pros per i ty 
pro tec tion 
proved 
pro vide 
pill pit 
punch 

63 

purpose 

puz zled 

pygmy 

quake 

quell 

quench 

ques tion 

quiv er ing 

quoth 

racking 

64 

raise 
rap id ly 
rate 

re al i ty 
rea son 
rec ol lect 
re cord 
rec ord 
re cov er ing 
ref er ee * 

65 

re flee tion 
reg u lar 
re hears al 
reigned 
re joice 
re lief 

re main der 
re mark a ble 
rem e dy 
re mind ed 

G6 

re moved 
re peat ed 



re plen ish 
re proved 
re quires 
res cue 
retired 
rev el ry 
re venge 
re ward ed 

C7 

Rhone 

rhyme 

ribald 

right eous 

robe 

Rob ert 

Rome 

rough 

rouse 

rud der 

68 

rude 

rue 

Ryk's Mu se 

sac ri fice 

saluted 

sandals 

Sarah 

sa tyrs 

Saul 

scaly 

69 

scarf 
scar let 
scene 
scent 

scor pi ons 
scrap ing 
screw 
scorn 
se cret ly 
sen try 

70 

sep a ra ted 
ser e nade 



se n ous 
set tied 
se vere 
se ver i ty 
shaft 
sheath 
Shel ley 
sheen 

71 

shield 

shim mer ing 

shock ing 

shone 

shoot ing 

show er 

shriek ing 

shrink 

sighed 

signal 



72 



um 



sim pie 
sing ers 
single 
skil ful 
skinny 
slant ing 
slate 
slew 
shght ly 
slush y 



73 

small er 
smooth 
snakes 
snarl ing 
sneak 
soaked 
snow y 
sob bing 
so cia ble 
solemn 

74 

soup 
south em 



spark ling 
spar rows 
spears 
spec ta tors 
speed i er 
speed i ly 
spied 
spir it 

75 

spite 

spit ting 

splen did ly 

split 

spoiled 

sprats 

spray 

spread ing 

sprigs 

sports 

76 

sprite 

stable 

stag 

stalls 

stalking 

stamp 

stated 

statues 

steeped 

stings 

77 

stirred 

stooped 

stout 

St. Pe ters burg 

straits 

stran ger 

streak 

stress 

strict ly 

stri ding 



78 



stripe 
stroke 



350 



stron gest 
Strug gling 
stubbed 
stum bled 
stung 

Stym pha li an 
sub ter ra ne ous 
sue cess f ul 

79 

suf f er 
sug ar 
sulk y 
sum mit 
su per hu man 
sur ren der 
sur viv or 
swamp 
swarm ing 
swarth y 

80 

sway 

sweet-tem pered 

swing ing 

sworn 

sym pa thy 

syrup 

tab let 

tabor 

tamed 

Tar ta ry 

81 

task 
taste 
taught 
tav ern 
tawny 
tel e gram 
tempt ed 
ter rif ie 



test 
text 

82 

theft 

them selves 
Thes sa ly 
thousand 
Thrace 
threat en 
thren o dy 
thrifty 
thrills 
thriving 

83 

throats 

thrusts 

tight er 

tinged 

Ti tho nus 

toad 

toiled 

tomb stone 

tone 

tons 

84 

torch 

tor ment 

tor ture 

touched 

tour 

trace 

trained 

tramp 

trans gres sion 

trans port ed 

85 

Tran syl va ni 
trap 



treated 

trepanned 

trespass 

tri an gu lar 

tribe 

trickled 

trifling 

tripe 

86 

troughs 

tuft 

turtle 

tusk 

twelve 

um brel la 

u ni form 

u nite 

u ni ver si ty 

im rolled 

87 

U ri ah Heep 

usually 

u ten sils 

vain 

vam pire 

var nish 

vast 

vat 

veins 

Venus 

88 

ver i ly 
ver mil ion 
ver min 
ves ture 
vie tim 
vie to ri ous 
vie to ry 
view 
a vig or ous ly 
vi o lence 



89 

violets 

viper 

vireo 

vision 

vol ley 

Vulcan 

Wales 

wampum 

warbler 

warned 

90 

warn ings 
wa ver ing 
weapons 
weather 
wel come 
Wei ling ton 
Welsh 
whet stone 
whose 
wield 

91 

wilted 
wintry 
woe 

wolf's bane 
won drous 
worried 
wor ship 
wrapped 
wretch ed 
wrin kles 

92 

wrought 
yield ed 
yoke 
young sters 



351 



To avoid fine, this book should be returned on 
or before the date last stamped below 



10M — 9-39 



bALCONY COLLr.{;:iON 
CURRICULUM LIBHAt^Y 







/ 



588429 



\ 



\